aerospace

climate control
electromechanical
filtration
fluid & gas handling
hydraulics
pneumatics
process control
sealing & shielding

Parker Filtration
Compressed Air & Industrial Gas Catalogue
Parker Filtration
Meeting your product and sales training needs

Our world-wide reputation in providing quality p roduct

and sales training courses has been acknowledged
as a great success.
domnick hunter offers a variety of training courses
which improve product knowledge and increase sales
performance. Sales and
Product Training

All domnick hunter trainers are specialists in their

subjects, which means that delegates quickly grasp new
ideas, and leave the training courses with the confidence
and motivation for continued business success.

AUSTRALIA Telephone: + 612 9842 5882/9842 5860

Fax: + 612 9842 5862
E-mail: [email protected]
NEW ZEALAND Telephone: + 649 574 1744
Fax: + 649 573 1529
E-mail: [email protected]

Customer Service - Our aim to please For Service and Warranty

If you require advice on any parts you require to service
A guide to where to get help and advice. a domnick hunter PNEUDRI dryer(s), Breathing Air
If in doubt, please ask for Customer Services equipment or for information about warranty or service
who will be pleased to assist you. contracts, please ask for our Service Department.

For Price and Availability For Status of an Existing Order

If you know the description and/or part number of the If you wish to know the shipment date or despatch
item(s) you require - please contact Customer Services. details of an existing order, please contact Customer
Telephone +612 9842 5882 / 9842 5860. If you require Services.
assistance then please refer to the undernoted advice.
Any Queries Regarding Payment
Placing an Order Please call our Credit Control personnel who will assist
Please fax all orders directly to Customer Services. you with any questions regarding settlement of invoices
Fax +612 9842 5826. We will ensure that your order is and accounts. Call (02) 9634 7777
checked and delivered as required. Kindly provide a
contact name and telephone number on all orders in
Dissatisfaction
case any queries arise.
If you have a complaint or wish to return any goods to
For Product Advice, Selection domnick hunter, please call Customer Services who
and Technical Support. will be pleased to assist you. domnick hunter wishes
If you require assistance in selecting the best solution to ensure that its customers are more than satisfied
for your system - please contact your domnick hunter with its products and services and always welcomes
sales representative. feedback.

Parker Filtration

Phone +612 9842 5882/9842 5860 - Fax +612 9842 5862

E-mail - [email protected]

Web page www.parker.com www.domnickhunter.com

Selecting the correct products for your application is very important. If you require assistants please contact our National Customer Service Team.
Price list notes

1. Prices shown are ex-works Melbourne and are subject to

change without notice. APPROVALS, ACCREDITATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS

Express deliveries can be arranged if required. Please

contact Parker Filtration for further details.
Prices are in AUD and do not include GST.
2. Product lead times are given for general information and
guidance only. Many factors can influence lead times which
will be quoted specifically upon request. No warranty is given
or implied.
3. Conditions of sale will be strictly in accordance with our
Terms and Conditions.
4. Parker Filtration, a division of Parker Hannifin ltd has an ISO 9001:2000 ISO 14001
on-going policy of product development and although the
Company reserves the right to change specifications it
attempts to keep customers informed of any alterations.
This publication is for information only and customers are
requested to ask our Technical Services Department for
advice on a product’s suitability for specific applications.
5. Please refer to Parker’s standard terms and conditions on
the following page.

INTERNATIONAL APPROVALS

ASME VIII CRN

AS1210

www.parker.com
Standard terms of sale

Sole Terms party, then the Buyer will hold such part of the proceeds of such
1. These conditions of sale apply to all transactions between the manufacturing or construction process as relates to the
Buyer and the Seller, including all quotations, offers, goods/product in trust for the Seller. Such part will be deemed to
acknowledgements, orders or sales. equal in dollar terms the amount owing by the Buyer to the Seller
2. These conditions (which will only be waived or varied in writing at the time of the receipt of such proceeds.
signed by the Seller) will prevail over all conditions of the 12. The Buyer is not an agent of the Seller in any sale by the Buyer of
transaction to the extent of any inconsistency. Acceptance of the the goods.
Sellers product shall constitute acceptance of these terms and 13. If the goods are resold (save where products manufactured using
conditions of sale. the goods are sold), by the Buyer, the Buyer will hold such part of
Delivery the proceeds of any such sale as represents the invoice price of
3. While the Seller endeavours to keep delivery dates, any delay of the goods sold or used in the manufacture of the goods sold in a
delivery, for any reason whatsoever, will not entitle the Buyer to separate identifiable account as the beneficial property of the
claim for any consequential loss or damage or to cancel, rescind Seller and will pay such amount to the Seller upon request.
or terminate the agreement. 14. Notwithstanding the provisions above the Seller will be entitled to
4. Should circumstances beyond the control of the Seller prevent or maintain an action against the Buyer for the purchase price.
hinder delivery, the Seller will be free from any obligation to 15. Until title to the goods passes to the Buyer, the Buyer will store
deliver goods while such circumstances continue. For as long as the goods in such a manner that clearly identifies them as being
such circumstances exist, the Seller may, at its option, cancel, the property of the Seller.
rescind or terminate all or any part of the contract or keep the Payment
contract on foot until such circumstances have ceased. Such 16. The Buyer will pay the full price of each order to the Seller 30
circumstances beyond the control of the seller include, but are days from the date of delivery of the item purchased (the due
not limited to: strikes, lockouts, rebellions; fire; acts of God; date). If payment is not made by the due date, the Seller may
shortages of raw materials; Government decrees, proclamations without demand retake possession of the goods and may without
or orders; transport difficulties; and failures or malfunctions of notice sell the goods on such terms and in such manner as it may
computers or other information technology systems. determine and will be entitled to deduct all expenses incurred.
Instalment Deliveries For the purpose of recovering possession, and without limiting the
5. Deliveries by instalments must be requested by the Buyer within generality of the foregoing the Buyer hereby irrevocably
the times stipulated in the contract. authorises and licenses the Seller and its servants and agents to
6. Where the Buyer fails to request or accept instalment deliveries in enter upon any premises where any goods may be stored and to
accordance with the terms of the contract: take possession of the goods.
a) the Seller may store the goods at the risk and cost of the 17. If the seller is not paid for any goods on the due date specified in
Buyer; and this agreement, without prejudice to any other right or remedy:
b) the Buyer will be deemed to be in default of payment for the (a) all outstanding money carries interest on daily balances until paid
delivery. at a rate of interest per annum equal to the rate 2% in excess of
7. Where goods are ordered for delivery by instalments, each the interest rate charged by National Australia Bank Limited on
instalment delivery is deemed to be a separate order and a overdraft accounts for sums up to $50,000 Australian dollars; and
separate contract performed by the Seller upon delivery of that (b) the seller may recover the price of the goods together with all
instalment. interest forthwith from the buyer as a liquidated debt in a court of
Risk tribunal of competent jurisdiction irrespective of any claim that
8. Risk in each order will pass to the Buyer when it is delivered to the buyer may have against the seller for any thing or matter
the carrier at the supplier's premises for the purpose of related to the goods delivered under this contract.
transmission to its destination but the property in the 18. All applicable taxes, duties or levies (including GST) on the sale of
consignment does not pass other than in accordance with clause the goods will be to the Buyer's account.
11 of these terms of sale. 19. The Seller may, at its option and without prejudice to any of its
9. Subject to clause 8, where, in accordance with these terms, the rights, either suspend further deliveries, require payment in
Seller accepts return of any goods, risk in those goods will revert advance or terminate any contract by written notice to the Buyer
to the Seller upon delivery of the goods to the Seller or upon where the Buyer:
collection of the goods by the Seller's agent or courier as the case (a) defaults on any payment due under the agreement;
may be. (b) being a natural person, commits an act of bankruptcy;
10. Any property of the Buyer's under the Seller's custody or control (c) being a corporation, is subject to:
will be entirely at the Buyer's risk as regards loss or damage (i) a petition being presented, an order being made or a meeting
caused to the property or by it. being called to consider a resolution for the Buyer to be wound
Retention of Title up, deregistered or dissolved;
11. Notwithstanding delivery of the goods to the Buyer, until the (ii) a receiver, receiver and manager or an administrator being
Buyer has effected full payment for the goods and any other appointed to all or any part of the Buyer's property and
goods previously supplied by the Seller: undertaking.
a) legal title to the goods will remain with the Seller; (iii) the entering of a scheme of arrangement (other than for the
b) the risk in the goods will pass to the Buyer upon delivery to the purpose of restructuring); or
Buyer or its agent; (iv) any assignment for the benefit of creditors.
c) the relationship between the Seller and the Buyer will be fiduciary Acceptance of Goods
and the Buyer will hold the goods as bailee for the Seller and 20. The Buyer will inspect the goods immediately upon delivery to the
keep them separate from other goods and the Buyer will label the Buyer or upon collection of that order by the Buyer's agent or
goods so that they are courier as the case may be.
identifiable as the goods of the Seller; and 21. All claims against the Seller regarding the quality, nature, fitness,
d) in the event that the Buyer uses the goods/product in some suitability, conformance with description or defects of the goods
manufacturing or construction process of its own or some third must be made in writing to the Seller within 14 days of delivery.
 The Seller does not accept liability for any such claim not made in for any loss or damage to such property while it is in Seller's
accordance with these terms. possession or control.
22. In the event of justified objection notified by the Buyer to the Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations
Seller in accordance with these terms, the Seller may, at its option: 26. Buyer may request to modify the designs or specifications for the
(a) reduce the purchase price by agreement with the Buyer; goods sold as well as the quantities and delivery dates of the
(b) accept the return of the goods and, subject to the goods being items, or may request to cancel all or part of this order, however,
returned in the same condition as when they were delivered to the no such requested modification or cancellation shall become part
Buyer, refund to the Buyer the purchase price; or of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless accepted by Seller
(c) replace the goods in a written amendment to this document. Acceptance of any such
and no additional claims of any nature whatsoever may be made requested modification or cancellation shall be at Seller's
against the Seller. discretion, and shall be upon such terms as Seller may require.
Indemnity for Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights Warranty
23. Seller shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, 27. Seller warrants that the goods sold shall be free from defects in
trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, or other industrial or material or workmanship for a period of 12 months* from date of
intellectual property rights, passing off or misleading or deceptive shipment from the seller. This warranty comprises the sole and
conduct ("Intellectual Property Rights") except as provided in this entire warranty pertaining to goods provided. The seller makes no
clause 23. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against other warranty, guarantee, or representation of any kind
allegations of infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. Seller whatsoever. All other warranties, including but not limited to
will defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement merchantability and fitness for use, whether expressed, implied,
or damages awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on or arising by operation of law, trade usage, or course of dealing
an allegation that a good sold pursuant to this contract infringes are by this document disclaimed. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. Seller's obligation there are no warranties whatsoever on goods built or acquired
to defend and indemnify Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying wholly or partially, to buyer's designs or specifications. Nothing in
Seller within 10 days after Buyer becomes aware of such this clause will operate to exclude, restrict or modify any
allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole control over condition, warranty, right or liability implied into this contract
the defence of any allegations or actions including all negotiations under the Trade Practices Act or otherwise by law.
for settlement or compromise. If a good sold is subject to a claim Advice and Information
that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, 28. Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service
Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the given by the Seller in relation to goods sold or manufactured by
right to continue using the good, replace or modify the good so as the Seller or their use or application is given in good faith and is
to make it non-infringing, or offer to accept return of the good and believed to be accurate, appropriate and reliable at the time it is
return purchase price less a reasonable allowance for given, but is provided without any warranty or accuracy,
depreciation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have no appropriateness or reliability and the Seller does not accept any
liability for claims of infringement based on information provided liability or responsibility for any loss suffered from the Buyer's
by Buyer, or directed to goods delivered under this contract for reliance on such advice, recommendation, information, assistance
which the designs are specified in whole or part by Buyer, or or service.
infringements resulting from the modification, combination or use Exclusion of Liability
in a system of any good sold. The foregoing provisions of this 29. The terms in this agreement that exclude or limit the Seller's
clause 23 shall constitute Seller's sole and exclusive liability and liability will apply only to the extent permitted by law. Provisions
Buyer's sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual of statutes from time to time in force cannot be excluded,
Property Rights. restricted or modified or can only be restricted or modified to a
If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for limited extent. This agreement must be read and construed
a good delivered is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer subject to any such statutory provisions. If any such statutory
shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or provisions apply, then to the extent to which the Seller is entitled
judgments resulting from any claim that such item infringes any to do so, its liability under those statutory provisions will be
patent, trademark, copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any limited at its option to:
similar right. (a) the replacement of the goods or the supply of equivalent goods; or
Special Tooling (b) the repair of the goods; or
24. A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling, including (c) the payment of the cost of replacing the goods or of acquiring
without limitation, dies, fixtures, moulds and patterns, acquired to equivalent goods; or
manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special (d) the payment of the cost of having the goods repaired.
tooling shall be and remain Seller's property notwithstanding In no event shall the Seller be liable for any incidental, consequential or
payment of any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire special damages of any kind or nature whatsoever, including but
any interest in apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in not limited to lost profits arising from or in any way connected
the manufacture of the items sold, even if such apparatus has with this agreement or goods sold, whether alleged to arise from
been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture and breach of contract, express or implied warranty, or in tort, including
notwithstanding any charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise without limitation, negligence, failure to warn or strict liability.
agreed, Seller shall have the right to alter, discard or otherwise Governing Law
dispose of any special tooling or other property in its sole
30. This document shall be governed in all respects by the laws in
discretion at any time.
force in the State of New South Wales. The parties accept and
Buyers Property submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State
25. Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, confidential of New South Wales. No actions arising out of the sale of the
information or equipment furnished by Buyer, or any other items goods or this document may be brought by either party more than
which become Buyer's property, may be considered obsolete and three (3) years after the cause of action accrues.
may be destroyed by Seller after two consecutive years have *Extendable under certain terms for some products
elapsed without Buyer placing an order for the items which are
manufactured using such property. Seller shall not be responsible

www.parker.com
 If you would like more information about these
products and other ranges of Parker Filtration purification
products please visit www.parker.com
or contact your local Parker Filtration representative.

Air / Gas Liquid Food and Beverage

Filters Filters Hospitals,
Pharmaceutical

Process Cartridge Skids / Systems Disposable

Housings Capsules

Turbosep Integrity & Mixed Gas

Breathing Air Dispense Systems
Test Equipment
 Compressed Air and Gas Filtration, Purification and Separation Products
COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS FILTRATION

OIL-X EVOLUTION COMPRESSED AIR STAINLESS STEEL HIGH PRESSURE J SERIES

ENERGY EFFICIENT FILTER ELEMENTS UP TO 2” 6000 PSI LPG AND CNG

AIR DRYERS

Membrane SPL/PST Refrigerated MX Compressed Air DTV Compressed Air Laboratory Clean Dry Air
Air Dryers Desiccant Dryers Twin-Tower Dryers

GAS GENERATORS

Industrial Nitrogen Laboratory Hydrogen Laboratory Nitrogen Laboratory Zero Air

VACUUM PUMP OIL/WATER

WATER CHILLERS FILTERS MEDICAL VACUUM FILTERS CONDENSATE DRAINS SEPARATORS

www.parker.com
Index

Compressed air and gas filtration, purification and separation products

OIL-X EVOLUTION filters

PAGE
ISO 8573.1 Air Quality – High quality compressed air from generation to application 1-8
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Water Separators 9
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Flow rates, weights and dimensions 10
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade AO high efficiency general purpose protection 11
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade AA high efficiency oil removal filtration 12
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade AR general purpose dust filtration 13
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade AAR high efficiency dust filtration 14
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade ACS oil vapour and odour removal 15
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade AC point of use oil vapour and odour removal 16
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Grade OVR high efficiency oil vapour removal 17
OIL-X EVOLUTION – Filter accessories 18
OIL-Xplus filter accessories 19
Genuine Parker Filtration replacement filter elements 20
Alternative compressed air filter elements 21-22
OIL-Xplus intermediate pressure filters 23
OIL-Xplus stainless steel compressed air filters 24
Food grade compressed air 25-28
High flow TETPOR food and beverage sterile air filtration 29

Condensate products
ES2000 Series oil/water separators 30
Oil/Water Separator maintenance kits 31
ED 3000 Series Level Sensing Condensate Drains 32
HIROSS Aftercoolers 33

Compressed air dryers

SPL and PST Refrigeration dryers 34-35
PNEUDRI MiDAS point of use desiccant dryers 36
PNEUDRI MIDIplus compressed air desiccant dryers 37
PNEUDRI MX heatless compressed air desiccant dryers 38-39
PNEUDRI Maxi heat regenerative compressed air desiccant dryers 40-41
DTX heatless compressed air desiccant dryers 42
DTV Zero purge vacuum heat regenerated dryers 43

Respiratory protection and medical filtration

High efficiency breathing air purifiers 44-45
Former BA unit (oil-x plus) replacement element 46
Medical/breathing air purifiers 47
Medical air purifiers 48
Breathing air purity test kit 49
Vacuum pump inlet and exhaust filters 50
Variable temperature compressed air heaters 51
Exhaust silencer mist eliminators 51
OIL-Xplus 0003G compressed air filters 51
Compressed air and gas filtration, purification and separation products

Gas Generators
PAGE
Maxigas 52-53
Midigas 54
Laboratory 55-58
Hydrogen 59-60
C02 Free 61
Membrane Nitrogen Generation 62-67
Process Filtration 68
Process Chillers 69
Compressed air membrane dryers 70-75
Compressed air and gas desiccant dryers 76-79
(Non regenerative)
High pressure filters - compressed air and gas 80-104

The following colour codes are used throughout this Product Guide and Price List and are given for general information
and guidance only. These relate to normal delivery lead times in working days. If any do not meet with your
requirements, please enquire to see if we can improve upon the delivery time.

Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.

www.parker.com
ISO 8573 Compressed air quality
CONTAMINATION

TO UNDERSTAND THE NEED FOR AN INTERNATIONAL STANDARD IN COMPRESSED AIR QUALITY, WE MUST FIRST OF
ALL UNDERSTAND THE PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPRESSED AIR CONTAMINATION, THE SOURCES OF
CONTAMINATION AND THE INDIVIDUAL CONTAMINANTS FOUND WITHIN A COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.

Sources of contamination in a compressed air system

Contaminants in a compressed air system can generally be attributed to the following:

• The quality of the atmospheric air drawn into the compressor

There are ten main contaminants found within a compressed air system and almost all can be directly attributed to the quality of the
atmospheric air surrounding the compressor. Air compressors draw in huge amounts of this ambient air, continuously filling the system
with contamination.

• The type and operation of the air compressor

The air compressor can also add contamination, from wear and tear particles to coolants and lubricants.

• Compressed air storage devices and distribution systems

The air receiver and system piping that distributes the compressed air around the facility will also store the large amounts of
contamination drawn into the compressor. Additionally, they cool the warm, moist compressed air which causes condensation on a large
scale and promotes corrosion within the compressed air system.

The 10 main contaminants found in a compressed air system

Water Vapour, Condensed Water and Water Aerosols Micro-organisms
Up to 99.9% of the total liquid contamination found in a compressed air Bacteria and viruses will also be drawn into the compressed air system
system is water. Oil is often perceived to cause the most problems as it through the compressor intake and warm, moist air provides an ideal
appears to be seen emanating from open drain points and exhausting environment for the growth of micro-organisms. Ambient air can typically
valves, however, in the majority of instances, it is actually oily condensate contain around 3800 micro-organisms per cubic metre. If only a few micro-
(oil mixed with water) that is being observed. organisms were to enter a clean, sterile environment, or production
process, enormous damage could be caused that not only diminishes
Atmospheric air contains water vapour (water in a gaseous form). The product quality, but may even render a product entirely unfit for use and
ability of compressed air to hold water vapour is dependent upon its subject to recall.
temperature. The higher the temperature, the more water vapour that can
be held by the air. During compression, the temperature increases Oil Vapour
significantly, which allows the heated air to easily retain the incoming Atmospheric air also contains oil in the form of unburned hydrocarbons
moisture. which are drawn into the compressor intake. Typical concentrations can
vary between 0.05 and 0.5mg per cubic metre of ambient air. Once inside
Prior to exiting the compressor, compressed air is normally cooled to a the compressed air system, oil vapour will cool and condense, causing the
usable temperature. This reduces the air’s ability to retain water vapour, same contamination issues as liquid oil. Vaporised oil from the
resulting in a proportion of the water vapour being condensed into liquid compression stage of a lubricated compressor will also condense within
water which is removed by a condensate drain fitted to the compressor the system and add to the overall oil contamination
after-cooler. The air leaving the after-cooler is now 100% saturated with
water vapour and any further cooling of the air will result in more water Liquid Oil and Oil Aerosols
vapour condensing into liquid water. Most air compressors use oil in the compression stage for sealing,
lubrication and cooling. During operation, lubricating oil is carried over into
Condensation occurs at various stages throughout the system as the air is the compressed air system as liquid oil and aerosols. This oil mixes with
cooled further by the air receiver, piping and the expansion of air in valves, water in the air and is often very acidic, causing damage to the compressed
cylinders, tools and machinery. The condensed water and water aerosols air storage and distribution system, production equipment and final
cause corrosion to the storage and distribution system, damage production product.
equipment and can also spoil the end product. Overall, water contamination
reduces production efficiency and increases maintenance costs and must Rust and Pipescale
be removed to enable the system to run correctly and efficiently. Rust and pipescale can be found in air receivers and the piping of “wet
systems” (systems without adequate purification equipment) or systems
Atmospheric Dirt which were operated “wet” prior to purification equipment being installed.
Atmospheric air in an industrial environment typically contains 140 million Over time, this contamination breaks away to cause damage or blockage in
dirt particles for every cubic metre of air. 80% of these particles are less production equipment which can also contaminate final product and
than 2 microns in size and are too small to be captured by the compressor processes.
intake filter, therefore passing directly into the compressed air system.

1 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
 PURIFICATION

COMPRESSED AIR AND ITS PURIFICATION

HAVING IDENTIFIED THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONTAMINATION THAT CAN BE FOUND WITHIN A COMPRESSED AIR
SYSTEM, WE CAN NOW EXAMINE THE PURIFICATION TECHNOLOGIES AVAILABLE FOR IT’S REMOVAL.

Coalescing Filters Refrigeration Dryers

Coalescing filters are probably the most important items of purification Refrigeration dryers work by cooling the air, so are limited to positive pressure
equipment in any compressed air system. They are designed to remove oil and dewpoint ratings to prevent freezing of the condensed liquid. Typically used for
water aerosols using mechanical filtration techniques and have the additional general purpose applications, they provide pressure dewpoints of +3°C, +7°C
benefit of removing solid particulate to very low levels (as small as 0.01 micron or +10°C. Refrigeration dryers are not suitable for installations where piping is
in size). installed in ambient temperatures below the dryer dewpoint i.e. systems with
external piping.
Installed in pairs, most users believe one to be an oil removal filter and the
other to be a particulate filter. Infact, the pair of filters both perform the same Important Note Regarding Compressed Air Dryers
function. The first filter, a general purpose filter is used to protect the high As adsorption and refrigeration dryers are designed to remove only water
efficiency filter against bulk contamination. This ‘dual filter’ installation vapour and not water in a liquid form, they require the use of coalescing filters
ensures a continuous supply of high quality compressed air with low to work efficiently.
operational costs and minimal maintenance time.
Adsorption (Activated Carbon) Filters
Water Separators Oil vapour is oil in a gaseous form and as with water vapour will pass through
Used to protect coalescing filters in systems where excessive cooling takes a coalescing filter just as easily as the compressed air. Therefore, oil vapour
place in distribution piping. Water Separators will remove in excess of 90% of removal filters must be employed as these provide a large bed of activated
bulk liquid contamination. carbon adsorbent for the effective removal of oil vapour, providing the ultimate
protection against oil contamination.
Adsorption (Desiccant) Dryers
Water vapour is water in a gaseous form and is removed from compressed air Dust Removal Filters
using a dryer, with dryer performance being measured as pressure dewpoint. Dust removal filters are used for the retention of particulates where no liquid
is present. They usually provide identical particulate removal performance to
Adsorption or desiccant dryers remove moisture by passing air over a the equivalent coalescing filter and use the same mechanical filtration
regenerative adsorbent material which strips the moisture from the air. This techniques to provide up to 99.9999% particle removal efficiency. For absolute
type of dryer is extremely efficient and typical pressure dewpoint ratings are - particulate retention (100% at a given size), a sieve retention membrane filter
40°C or -70°C pdp. This means that for water vapour to condense into a liquid, must be used.
the air temperature would have to drop below -40°C or -70°C respectively (the
actual air temperature after an adsorption dryer is not the same as it’s Micro-biological (Sterile) Filters
dewpoint). Absolute removal of solid particulates and micro-organisms is performed by
A pressure dewpoint of -26°C or better will not only prevent corrosion, but will a sieve retention or membrane filter. They are often referred to as sterile air
also inhibit the growth of micro-organisms within the compressed air system. filters as they also provide sterilised compressed air. Housings are
manufactured from stainless steel to allow in-situ steam sterilisation of the
filter housing and element. It is important to note that the piping between the
sterile filter and the application must also be cleaned and sterilised on a
regular basis.

Contamination and Types of Compressor

It is often believed that the level of compressed air purification equipment required in a system is dependent upon the type of compressor used.
Contamination in a compressed air system originates from many sources and is not related solely to the compressor or it’s lubricants. No matter which
compressor type is selected, adequate filtration and separation products will be required to remove the large volume of oily contaminated water as well as
the dirt, rust, pipescale and micro-biological contamination in the system.

OIL-X EVOLUTION High Flow TETPOR II PNEUDRI SPL/PST OVR

Coalescing and dust Sterile air filters Modular adsorption dryers Refrigerated air dryers Oil vapour removal
removal filters filters

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 2

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
ISO 8573 Compressed air quality
OIL

ISO 8573 – COMPRESSED AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

ISO 8573 IS THE GROUP OF INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS RELATING TO THE QUALITY OF COMPRESSED AIR AND
CONSISTS OF NINE SEPARATE PARTS. PART 1 SPECIFIES THE QUALITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMPRESSED AIR
AND PARTS 2 – 9 SPECIFY THE METHODS OF TESTING FOR A RANGE OF CONTAMINANTS.

ISO 8573.1 : 2001 is the primary document used from the ISO 8573 series and it is this document which allows the user to specify the air quality or purity required at key
points in a compressed air system.

Within ISO 8573.1 : 2001 purity levels for the main contaminants are shown in separate tables, however for ease of use, this document combines all three into one easy to
understand table.

The horizontal headings show the three major contaminants of solid particulate, water and oil, vertical headings show “purity classes” identified by a number.

Alongside each purity class, is a maximum permissible amount of contamination allowed per cubic metre of compressed air.

Solid Particulate Water Oil

3
Purity Maximum number of particles per m Particle Size Concentration Vapour Liquid Total oil (aerosol, liquid and vapour)
Class 0.1 - 0.5 micron 0.5 - 1 micron 1 - 5 micron micron mg/m3 Pressure Dewpoint g/m3 mg/m3
0 As specified by the equipment user or supplier As specified by the equipment user or supplier As specified by the equipment user or supplier

1 100 1 0 - - -70°C - 0.01

2 100,000 1,000 10 - - -40°C - 0.1
3 - 10,000 500 - - -20°C - 1
4 - - 1,000 - - +3°C - 5
5 - - 20,000 - - +7°C - -
6 - - - 5 5 +10°C - -
7 - - - 40 10 - 0.5 -
8 - - - - - - 5 -
9 - - - - - - 10 -

Specifying Air Purity In Accordance With ISO 8573.1 : 2001

When specifying the purity of air required, the standard must always be referenced, followed by the purity class selected for each contaminant
(a different purity class can be selected for each contaminant if required). An example of how to write an air quality specification is shown below :
ISO 8573.1 : 2001 Class 1.2.1
ISO 8573.1 : 2001 refers to the standard document and its revision, the three digits refer to the purity classifications selected for solid particulate, water
and total oil. Selecting an air purity class of 1.2.1 would specify the following air quality when operating at the standard’s reference conditions :
Class 1 Particulate
In each cubic metre of compressed air, no more than 100 particles in the 0.1 - 0.5 micron size range are allowed
In each cubic metre of compressed air, no more than 1 particle in the 0.5 - 1 micron size range is allowed
In each cubic metre of compressed air, no particles in the 1 - 5 micron size range are allowed
Class 2 Water
A pressure dewpoint of -40°C or better is required and no liquid water is allowed.
Class 1 Oil
In each cubic metre of compressed air, not more than 0.01mg of oil is allowed. This is a combined level for both oil aerosol and oil vapour.

ISO 8573.1 : 2001 CLASS 0

THE ISO 8573.1 : 2001 TABLE ALSO INCLUDES A CLASS 0 FOR EACH TYPE OF CONTAMINANT. SHOULD AN APPLICATION REQUIRE COMPRESSED AIR PURITY
WHICH IS HIGHER THAN THE LEVELS SHOWN FOR CLASS 1, THEN CLASS 0 ALLOWS THE USER AND AN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER TO
AGREE THEIR OWN LEVELS WITHIN THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES
• THE PURITY LEVELS SELECTED MUST BE MORE STRINGENT THAN THOSE OF CLASS 1
• THE PURITY LEVELS SELECTED ARE MEASURABLE WITH THE TEST EQUIPMENT AND METHODS OF ISO 8573 PARTS 2 TO 9
• THE AGREED LEVELS ARE WRITTEN AS PART OF THE AIR QUALITY SPECIFICATION

IMPORTANT NOTES
• CLASS 0 DOES NOT MEAN ZERO CONTAMINATION ALLOWED IN THE COMPRESSED AIR.
• MANUFACTURERS SHOULD NOT STATE PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH CLASS 0 UNLESS PURITY LEVELS HAVE CLEARLY BEEN DEFINED
AND AGREED WITH THE USER.
• PURITY LEVELS BEYOND THE ACCURATE MEASUREMENT CAPABILITIES GIVEN IN ISO 8573 PARTS 2 TO 9 SHOULD NOT BE SELECTED AS THERE IS NO ACCURATE WAY OF
VERIFYING PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
• TO OPERATE A COST EFFECTIVE COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, CLASS 0 SHOULD ONLY BE SPECIFIED AT THE POINT OF USE AND FOR THE MOST CRITICAL OF APPLICATIONS

3 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
 OIL

ARE ALL COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS AND DRYERS THE SAME?

COMPRESSED AIR PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT IS ESSENTIAL TO ALL MODERN PRODUCTION FACILITIES. IT MUST
DELIVER UNCOMPROMISING PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY WHILST PROVIDING THE RIGHT BALANCE OF AIR
QUALITY WITH THE LOWEST COST OF OPERATION. TODAY, MANY MANUFACTURERS OFFER PRODUCTS FOR THE
FILTRATION AND PURIFICATION OF CONTAMINATED COMPRESSED AIR, WHICH ARE OFTEN SELECTED ONLY UPON
THEIR INITIAL PURCHASE COST, WITH LITTLE OR NO REGARD FOR THE AIR QUALITY THEY PROVIDE OR THE COST OF
OPERATION THROUGHOUT THEIR LIFE. WHEN PURCHASING PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT, THE DELIVERED AIR
QUALITY, COST OF OPERATION AND THE OVERALL COST OF OWNERSHIP MUST ALWAYS BE CONSIDERED.

The Parker Filtration Design Philosophy

All Parker filtration and purification products are designed with the philosophy of air quality, energy efficiency and low life time
costs.

Air Quality
Compressed air purification equipment is installed to Parker Filtration were instrumental in the development
deliver high quality, clean dry air, and to eliminate the of the international standards for compressed air quality
problems and costs associated with contamination. and OIL-X EVOLUTION is not only the first filter range
When selecting this type of equipment, the delivered specifically designed to comply with the stringent
air quality and the verification of performance must requirements of ISO 12500.1, it is also the first to have
always be the primary driver, otherwise why install it in 3rd party performance validation in accordance with the
the first place. new standard.

Independent Performance Validation in Accordance with

ISO 12500.1 ISO 8573.2 ISO 8573.4 ISO 8573.5
OIL AEROSOL OIL AEROSOL SOLID PARTICULATE OIL VAPOUR
Coalescing filters 3 3 3 X
Dry Particulate filters X X 3 X
Oil Vapour Removal filters X X X 3
Micro-biological filters X X 3 X

Energy Efficiency plus the cost of operating and maintaining the purification equipment. In
After air quality, the next consideration when selecting addition, consider the cost to your business of poor air quality. By
compressed purification equipment is the cost of operation. Pressure guaranteeing air quality and ensuring energy consumption is kept to a
loss is the major contributor to operational costs minimum, Parker Filtration purification equipment can reduce the total
of filtration products. Parker Filtration OIL-X EVOLUTION filters have cost of ownership and improve your bottom line through improved
been designed using aerospace technology to ensure pressure loss and manufacturing efficiencies.
thus energy consumption is kept to an absolute minimum.
Materials of Construction
By also considering pressure losses after 12 months of operation and In addition to air quality standards, the materials used to construct the
not just at start-up, energy savings in excess of 60% compared to an OIL-X EVOLUTION filter range have also been independently verified to
ordinary filter are not uncommon. comply with FDA Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 ’Food and Drug’.
Parker adsorption dryers offer minimal pressure losses and are also Making them suitable for use in critical applications such as food,
optimised to ensure regeneration costs are minimised. Energy beverage, pharmaceutical & breathing air.
management systems are available to further reduce operational costs
during periods where the water vapour entering the dryer is reduced Guaranteed Air Quality
whether it is due to ambient conditions, shift patterns, variable air All products (excluding adsorption filters) are supplied with a one year
demand or a combination of all three. compressed air quality guarantee, when sized, installed and maintained
in accordance with Parker recommendations. The air quality guarantee
Low Lifetime Costs is automatically extended by replacing the filter element and
Equipment with a low purchase cost may turn out to be a very costly consumable items with genuine parts annually.
investment in the longer term. Always consider the initial purchase cost,

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 4

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
ISO 8573 Compressed air quality
MICRO-ORGANISM

TESTING AND VALIDATION

OF THE NINE PARTS THAT MAKE UP ISO 8573, PARTS 2 TO 9 ARE USED TO SPECIFY THE METHODS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
TO ACCURATELY TEST FOR CONTAMINANTS IN COMPRESSED AIR.

On-site testing using ISO 8573 Test Methods associated with selecting products, a new standard has been
On-site testing is often difficult due to the complexity of the test introduced. This will complement the existing ISO 8573 series.
method and the expense of test equipment required and for this The new standard, ISO 12500, will consist of three parts, with ISO
reason all Parker filtration products have been tested in 12500.1 covering the testing of compressed air coalescing filters
accordance with the relevant parts of ISO 8573 with performance for oil aerosol (liquid) removal, ISO 12500.2 to determine the
independently validated by Lloyds Register, one of the world’s adsorption capacity of oil vapour removal filters and ISO 12500.3
largest risk management organisations. covering the testing of solid particulate filters. Parts one and two
were released in June 2007, with part three to follow.
Using the standards to select and purchase purification
products ISO 12500.1 – Testing of Coalescing Filters
Presenting product data in this way should allow users to easily ISO 12500.1 has introduced two challenge concentrations of oil
compare the performance of purification products from different aerosol to be used when testing coalescing filters, these are
manufacturers and cost effectively meet the air quality 40mg/m3 and 10mg/m3. The new standard requires filters to be
requirements of their application, however the ISO 8573 test tested using the existing test method and equipment shown in
methods were primarily developed to verify air quality in a ISO 8573.2 whilst using one of the two challenge concentrations.
compressed air system, not test purification equipment,
In addition to this, ISO 12500.1 requires filters to be “wetted out”
therefore not all products claiming compliance with the
which is representative of a filter in operation. Recording of the
standards are tested in the same way.
filters initial saturated pressure drop has also been included,
To accurately detect contaminants in a compressed system and again to give a more accurate and representative indication of
show compliance with the selected purity levels from ISO 8573.1, the filters operational costs.
the equipment and methods shown in ISO 8573 parts 2 to 9 must
Three filters of each size must be tested and each filter tested
be used.
three times. Published performance data is then an average of
These test methods can also be used to test the performance of all the tests in order to provide the person selecting a new
purification equipment, however for this purpose, they contain a product with a more representative indication of performance.
major omission, one which makes comparison and selection of
compressed air filters extremely difficult for the user. ISO 12500.2 – Testing of Adsorption Filters
The vital piece of information which is missing when testing ISO 12500.2 has been introduced to assist users when selecting
products is a challenge concentration. So even though different oil vapour removal filters or adsorption filters. Adsorption filters
manufacturers claim their products meet a certain purity class, have a finite ability to remove oil vapour and when their capacity
they will most likely have been tested with differing is used up, they must be replaced. ISO 12500.2 is an accelerated
concentrations of contamination entering the product and as test of a filters adsorption capacity.
challenge concentrations are rarely included in technical data,
filter performance which may look similar or identical on paper, As the test is accelerated, the results must not be misinterpreted
can provide significantly different results when installed in a as the actual lifetime of the filter element or cartridge, it’s
compressed air system. purpose is to indicate which filter has the largest adsorption
capacity and hence will require changing less frequently.
Introducing ISO 12500
The ISO 8573 air quality standards were introduced to assist, not ISO 12500.3 – Testing of Particulate Removal Filters
confuse compressed air users, so to overcome the problems ISO 12500.3 is not currently released.

INTERNATIONAL APPROVALS

ASME VIII

CRN AS1210

5 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
 SYSTEM DESIGN

OPTIMISED SYSTEM DESIGN FOR TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

THE QUALITY OF AIR REQUIRED THROUGHOUT A TYPICAL COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM CAN VARY. THE EXTENSIVE RANGE
OF PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE FROM PARKER FILTRATION ALLOWS THE USER TO SPECIFY THE QUALITY OF
AIR FOR EVERY APPLICATION, FROM GENERAL PURPOSE RING MAIN PROTECTION, THROUGH TO CRITICAL CLEAN DRY
AIR (CDA) POINT OF USE SYSTEMS.
PARKER FILTRATION HAS COMPREHENSIVE RANGES OF PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE TO EXACTLY MATCH
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS, ENSURING BOTH CAPITAL AND OPERATIONAL COSTS ARE KEPT TO A MINIMUM.

Cost effective system design

To achieve the stringent air quality levels required for today’s modern production facilities, a careful approach to system design,
commissioning and operation must be employed. Treatment at one point alone is not enough and it is highly recommended that the
compressed air is treated prior to entry into the distribution system to a quality level suitable for protecting air receivers and
distribution piping. Point of use purification should also be employed, with specific attention being focussed on the application and
the level of air quality required. This approach to system design ensures that air is not “over treated” and provides the most cost
effective solution to high quality compressed air.

The following table highlights the Parker Filtration filtration and drying products required to achieve each air purity classification shown in
ISO 8573.1 : 2001. If a Class 0 purity level is required, contact Parker Filtration for recommendations regarding product requirements.

ISO 8573.1:2001 SOLID PARTICULATE WATER OIL

CLASS WET PARTICULATE DRY PARTICULATE VAPOUR TOTAL OIL (AEROSOL LIQUID and VAPOUR)
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO + AA + OVR
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO + AA OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR + AAR PNEUDRI ADSORPTION DRYER
1 OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO + AA +ACS
+ TETPOR II + TETPOR II -70°C PDP
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO + AC

PNEUDRI ADSORPTION DRYER

2 OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO + AA OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR + AAR OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO + AA
-40°C PDP

PNEUDRI ADSORPTION DRYER

3 OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO
-20°C PDP

REFRIGERATION DRYER
4 OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO
+3°C PDP

REFRIGERATION DRYER
5 OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR -
+7°C PDP

REFRIGERATION DRYER
6 - - +10°C PDP
-

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 6

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Simple guidelines for the selection of purification equipment
1. Purification equipment is installed to provide air quality and you must first of all identify the quality of compressed air
required for your system. Each usage point in the system may require a different quality of compressed air dependent
upon the application. Using the quality classification’s shown in ISO 8573.1 : 2001 will allow your equipment supplier
to quickly and easily select the correct purification equipment necessary for each part of the system.
2. ISO 8573.1 : 2001 is the latest edition of the standard. Ensure it is written in full when contacting suppliers. Specifying
air quality as “ISO 8573.1” or “ISO 8573.1 : 1991” refers to the previous edition of the standard and may result in a lower
quality of delivered compressed air.
3. Ensure that the equipment under consideration will actually provide delivered air quality in accordance with the quality
classifications you have selected from ISO 8573.1 :2001.
4. When comparing coalescing filters, ensure that they have been tested in accordance with both the ISO 8573.2,
ISO 8573.4 & ISO 12500.1 standards.
5. Ask for independent validation of product performance by a 3rd party.
6. For peace of mind, ensure the manufacturer provides a written guarantee of delivered air quality.
7. Oil-free compressor installations require the same filtration considerations as oil lubricated compressor installations.
8. When considering the operational costs of coalescing filters, only compare the initial saturated pressure loss as dry
pressure loss is not representative of performance in a normally wet compressed air system. ISO 12500.1 requires
pressure losses for coalescing filters to be recorded when the element is saturated
9. Look at the blockage characteristics of the filter. Just because it has a low starting dp, doesn’t mean it will remain low
throughout the filter element’s lifetime. Energy costs should always be calculated based upon the blockage
characteristics of the filter, not just initial saturated dp.
10. Look at the total cost of ownership for purification equipment (purchase cost, operational costs and maintenance
costs), a low initial purchase price, may look inviting, but may end up costing significantly more in terms of poor air
quality and high operational costs.

CRITICAL APPLICATIONS

Typical Applications
Pharmaceutical products Hard disk manufacturing
Silicon wafer manufacturing Foodstuffs
TFT / LCD Screen manufacturing Dairies
Memory device manufacturing Breweries
Optical storage devices (CD, CD/RW, DVD, DVD/RW) CDA systems for electronics manufacturing
Optical disk manufacturing (CD’s/DVD’s):

7 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
HIGH QUALITY OIL-FREE AIR

Typical Applications
Blow Moulding of Plastics e.g. P.E.T. Bottles Cosmetic production Air bearings
Film processing Medical air Pipeline purging
Critical instrumentation Dental air Measuring equipment
Advanced pneumatics Lasers and optics Blanketing
Air blast circuit breakers Robotics Modified Atmosphere Packaging
Decompression chambers Spray Painting Pre-treatment for on-site gas generation

GENERAL PURPOSE OIL-FREE AIR

Typical Applications General instrumentation Workshop (Tools)

General ring main protection Metal stamping Garage (Tyre filling)
Pre-filtration to point of use adsorption air dryers Forging Temperature control systems
Plant automation General industrial assembly Blow guns
(no external pipework) Gauging equipment
Air Logistics
Air conveying Raw material mixing
Pneumatic tools
Air motors Sand / bead blasting

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 8

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
 IDEAL FO
OIL-X EVOLUTION Water Separators VARIABL
R
E
SPEE
Bulk liquid removal COMPRE D
SSORS

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp
010ABFX - 055JBFX 16 232 80°C 1.5°C
WS 1000 16 232 60°C 1.5°C
250F - 7200F 16 232 60°C 1.5°C

The Parker Water Separator is a patented design which has a very high efficiency across its flow range.
Flow Rates* Dimensions mm Weight UNIT
Model Pipe Size
3
m /min 3
m /hr cfm A B C Kg PRICE $

WS010ABFX 1
/4” 0.6 36 21 76 181.5 153 0.6 266.00
WS010BBFX 3
/8” 0.6 36 21 76 181.5 153 0.6 266.00
WS010CBFX 1
/2” 0.6 36 21 76 181.5 153 0.6 266.00
WS015BBFX 3
/8” 2.4 144 85 97.5 235 201 1.1 355.00
WS020CBFX 1
/2” 2.4 144 85 97.5 235 201 1.1 355.00
WS020DBFX 3
/4” 2.4 144 85 97.5 235 201 1.1 355.00 WS010 - 055
WS020EBFX 1” 2.4 144 85 97.5 235 201 1.1 355.00
WS025DBFX 3
/4” 6.6 396 233 129 275 232.5 2.2 569.00
WS030EBFX 1" 6.6 396 233 129 275 232.5 2.2 569.00
WS030FBFX 11/4” 6.6 396 233 129 275 232.5 2.2 569.00
WS030GBFX 1 /2”
1
6.6 396 233 129 275 232.5 2.2 569.00
WS035FBFX 11/4” 21 1260 742 170 432.5 382.5 5.1 1014.00
WS040GBFX 11/2” 21 1260 742 170 432.5 382.5 5.1 1014.00
WS045HBFX 2” 21 1260 742 170 432.5 382.5 5.1 1014.00
WS055IBFX 21/2” 48 2880 1695 205 505 444.5 10 2401.00
WS055JBFX 3" 48 2880 1695 205 505 444.5 10 2401.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Notes
1. Fitted with automatic drain as standard.

WS1000
Flow correction factors (WS010 - WS055)
Line bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.06 1.12 1.17 1.22 1.27 1.32 1.37 1.41 1.46

Flow Rates* Dimensions mm Weight UNIT

Model Pipe Size
m3/min m3/hr cfm A B C Kg PRICE $

WS1000 G4 60 3600 2119 312 993 911 41 P.O.A.

WS250F DN40 21 1260 742 304 727 555 32 P.O.A.
WS800F DN80 48 2880 1695 370 1199 974 70 P.O.A.
WS1000F DN100 60 3600 2119 450 1241 993 105 P.O.A.
WS1800F DN150 108 6480 3814 580 1424 1090 200 P.O.A.
WS3000F DN200 180 10800 6357 750 1687 1277 400 P.O.A.
WS4800F DN250 288 17280 10171 862 1821 1352 540 P.O.A.
WS7200F DN300 421 25920 14885 1000 1910 1377 700 P.O.A. WS250F - 7200F

Flow correction factors (WS1000 - WS7200F)

Line bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 0.38 0.53 0.65 0.76 0.85 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.36 1.14 1.46 1.51

9 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION
Flow rates, weights and dimensions

Flow Rates* Dimensions mm Weight Models 005A - 055J

Model Pipe Size
3
m /min 3
m /hr cfm A B C Kg
A
005A 1
/4” 0.4 22 13 76 154.5 126.5 0.5
005B 3
/8” 0.4 22 13 76 154.5 126.5 0.5
005C /2”
1
0.4 22 13 76 154.5 126.5 0.5
010A 1
/4” 0.6 36 21 76 181.5 153 0.4
010B 3
/8” 0.6 36 21 76 181.5 153 0.4
B C
010C /2”
1
0.6 36 21 76 181.5 153 0.4
015B 3
/8” 1.2 72 42 97.5 235 201 1
015C /2”
1
1.2 72 42 97.5 235 201 1
020C /2”
1
1.8 108 64 97.5 235 201 1
020D /4”
3
1.8 108 64 97.5 235 201 1
020E 1" 1.8 108 64 97.5 235 201 1
Model 060K
025D /4”
3
3.6 216 127 129 275 232.5 2.2
A
025E 1" 3.6 216 127 129 275 232.5 2.2
030E 1" 6.6 396 233 129 364.5 322 2.6
030F 1 /4”
1
6.6 396 233 129 364.5 322 2.6
030G 11/2” 6.6 396 233 129 364.5 322 2.6
035F 1 /4”
1
9.6 576 339 170 432.5 382.5 4.5
B C
035G 11/2” 9.6 576 339 170 432.5 382.5 4.5
040G 11/2” 13.2 792 466 170 524.5 474.5 5.25
040H 2" 13.2 792 466 170 524.5 474.5 5.25
045H 2" 19.8 1188 699 170 524.5 474.5 5.25
050I 2 /2”
1
25.9 1548 911 205 641.5 581.5 10
050J 3" 25.9 1548 911 205 641.5 581.5 10
055I 21/2” 37.3 2232 1314 205 832 772 12
Models 100MD - 500SD
055J 3" 37.3 2232 1341 205 832 772 12
060K 4" 60 3600 2119 420 1071 765 44.5
100MD DN50 13.2 792 466 304 800 680 32.5
150ND DN80 25.9 1548 911 370 980 755 60
200ND DN80 37.3 2232 1314 370 1220 995 70
250OD DN100 60 3600 2119 500 1325 1052 150
300OD DN100 78 4680 2755 500 1325 1052 150
350PD DN150 117 7020 4132 580 1424 1090 200
400QD DN200 195 11700 6887 750 1687 1277 400
450RD DN250 313 18720 11019 862 1821 1352 540
500SD DN300 469 28080 16528 1000 1910 1377 700
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors below.

EVOLUTION Filter flow correction factors (Models 005 - 500)

Line bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232 247 261 275 290
Correction Factor 0.38 0.53 0.65 0.76 0.85 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.36 1.41 1.46 1.51 1.56 1.60 1.65 1.70

When ordering an AO/AA filter for

To find the Correction factor for 8.5 bar g (122psi g) = System Operating Pressure = 8.5 bar g pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use
= 1.10 manual drain. Replace F with M in product
Nominal pressure 7 bar g code. e.g. 015BBFX now 015BBMX

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 10

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO
High efficiency general purpose protection

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp
005ABFX - 055JBFX 16 232 80°C 1.5°C
005ABMX - 055JBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C
060KBFX 16 232 66°C 1.5°C
AO
060KBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C
100MDFX - 500SDFX 16 232 66°C 1.5°C
100MDMX - 500SDMX 16 232 100°C 1.5°C

Particle removal down to 1 micron, including water and oil aerosols.

Maximum remaining oil aerosol content: 0.6mg/m3 at 21°C.
Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement UNIT
Model Pipe Size No.
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

AO 005ABFX /4”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AO 1 108.00
AO 005BBFX /8”
3
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AO 1 108.00
AO 005CBFX /2”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AO 1 108.00
AO 010ABFX /4”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AO 1 115.00
AO 010BBFX /8”
3
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AO 1 115.00
AO 010CBFX /2”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AO 1 115.00
AO 015BBFX /8”
3
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AO 1 184.00
AO 015CBFX /2”
1
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AO 1 184.00
AO 020CBFX /2”
1
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AO 1 213.00
AO 020DBFX /4”
3
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AO 1 213.00
AO 020EBFX 1” 1.8 108 64 536.00 020AO 1 213.00
AO 025DBFX /4”
3
3.6 216 127 911.00 025AO 1 264.00
AO 025EBFX 1” 3.6 216 127 911.00 025AO 1 264.00
AO 030EBFX 1” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AO 1 308.00
AO 030FBFX 11/4” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AO 1 308.00
AO 030GBFX 11/2” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AO 1 308.00
AO 035FBFX 11/4” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AO 1 347.00
AO 035GBFX 11/2” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AO 1 347.00
AO 040GBFX 11/2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AO 1 413.00
AO 040HBFX 2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AO 1 413.00
AO 045HBFX 2” 20 1188 699 2721.00 045AO 1 592.00
AO 050IBFX 21/2” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AO 1 695.00
AO 050JBFX 3” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AO 1 695.00
AO 055IBFX 21/2” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AO 1 937.00
AO 055JBFX 3” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AO 1 937.00
A0 060KBFX 4” 60 3600 2119 6288.00 060AO 3 595.00
A0 100MDFX DN50 13 792 466 P.O.A. 100AO 1 413.00
A0 150NDFX DN80 26 1548 911 P.O.A. 150AO 1 695.00
A0 200NDFX DN80 37 2232 1314 P.O.A. 200AO 1 937.00
A0 250ODFX DN100 60 3600 2119 P.O.A. 060AO 3 595.00
A0 300ODFX DN100 79 4680 2755 P.O.A. 060AO 4 595.00
A0 350PDFX DN150 117 7020 4132 P.O.A. 060AO 6 595.00
A0 400QDFX DN200 195 11700 6886 P.O.A. 060AO 10 595.00
A0 450RDFX DN250 312 18720 11018 P.O.A. 060AO 16 595.00
A0 500SDFX DN300 468 28080 16527 P.O.A. 060AO 24 595.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Notes
1. Fitted with automatic drain as standard. Manual drain available. 3. For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors on page 10.
2. Differential pressure incident monitor supplied as an optional extra (not available on 010 models). 4. Optional accessories on page 18.

11 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AA
High efficiency oil removal filtration

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp
005ABFX - 055JBFX 16 232 80°C 1.5°C
005ABMX - 055JBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C
060KBFX 16 232 66°C 1.5°C
AA
060KBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C
100MDFX - 500SDFX 16 232 66°C 1.5°C
100MDMX - 500SDMX 16 232 100°C 1.5°C

Particle removal down to 0.01 micron, including water and oil aerosols.
Maximum remaining oil content: 0.01mg/m3 at 21°C.
Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement UNIT
Model Pipe Size No.
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

AA 005ABFX /4”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AA 1 108.00
AA 005BBFX /8”
3
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AA 1 108.00
AA 005CBFX /2”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AA 1 108.00
AA 010ABFX /4”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AA 1 115.00
AA 010BBFX /8”
3
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AA 1 115.00
AA 010CBFX /2”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AA 1 115.00
AA 015BBFX /8”
3
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AA 1 184.00
AA 015CBFX /2”
1
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AA 1 184.00
AA 020CBFX /2”
1
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AA 1 213.00
AA 020DBFX /4”
3
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AA 1 213.00
AA 020EBFX 1” 1.8 108 64 536.00 020AA 1 213.00
AA 025DBFX /4”
3
3.6 216 127 911.00 025AA 1 264.00
AA 025EBFX 1” 3.6 216 127 911.00 025AA 1 264.00
AA 030EBFX 1” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AA 1 308.00
AA 030FBFX 11/4” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AA 1 308.00
AA 030GBFX 11/2” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AA 1 308.00
AA 035FBFX 11/4” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AA 1 347.00
AA 035GBFX 11/2” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AA 1 347.00
AA 040GBFX 11/2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AA 1 413.00
AA 040HBFX 2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AA 1 413.00
AA 045HBFX 2” 20 1188 699 2721.00 045AA 1 592.00
AA 050IBFX 21/2” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AA 1 695.00
AA 050JBFX 3” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AA 1 695.00
AA 055IBFX 21/2” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AA 1 937.00
AA 055JBFX 3” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AA 1 937.00
AA 060KBFX 4” 60 3600 2119 6288.00 060AA 3 595.00
AA 100MDFX DN50 13 792 466 P.O.A. 100AA 1 413.00
AA 150NDFX DN80 26 1548 911 P.O.A. 150AA 1 695.00
AA 200NDFX DN80 37 2232 1314 P.O.A. 200AA 1 937.00
AA 250ODFX DN100 60 3600 2119 P.O.A. 060AA 3 595.00
AA 300ODFX DN100 79 4680 2755 P.O.A. 060AA 4 595.00
AA 350PDFX DN150 117 7020 4132 P.O.A. 060AA 6 595.00
AA 400QDFX DN200 195 11700 6886 P.O.A. 060AA 10 595.00
AA 450RDFX DN250 312 18720 11018 P.O.A. 060AA 16 595.00
AA 500SDFX DN300 468 28080 16527 P.O.A. 060AA 24 595.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Notes
1. Fitted with automatic drain as standard. Manual drain available. 3. For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors on page 10.
2. Differential pressure incident monitor supplied as an optional extra (not available on 010 models). 4. Optional accessories on page 18.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 12

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR
General purpose dust filtration

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp

005ABMX - 055JBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C

AR 060KBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C

100MDMX - 500SDMX 16 232 100°C 1.5°C

Dry particle removal down to 1 micron

Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement UNIT

Model Pipe Size No.
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

AR 005ABMX /4”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AR 1 108.00
AR 005BBMX /8”
3
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AR 1 108.00
AR 005CBMX /2”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AR 1 108.00
AR 010ABMX /4”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AR 1 115.00
AR 010BBMX /8”
3
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AR 1 115.00
AR 010CBMX /2”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AR 1 115.00
AR 015BBMX /8”
3
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AR 1 184.00
AR 015CBMX /2”
1
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AR 1 184.00
AR 020CBMX /2”
1
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AR 1 213.00
AR 020DBMX /4”
3
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AR 1 213.00
AR 020EBMX 1” 1.8 108 64 536.00 020AR 1 213.00
AR 025DBMX /4”
3
3.6 216 127 911.00 025AR 1 264.00
AR 025EBMX 1” 3.6 216 127 911.00 025AR 1 264.00
AR 030EBMX 1” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AR 1 308.00
AR 030FBMX 11/4” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AR 1 308.00
AR 030GBMX 11/2” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AR 1 308.00
AR 035FBMX 11/4” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AR 1 347.00
AR 035GBMX 11/2” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AR 1 347.00
AR 040GBMX 11/2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AR 1 413.00
AR 040HBMX 2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AR 1 413.00
AR 045HBMX 2” 20 1188 699 2721.00 045AR 1 592.00
AR 050IBMX 21/2” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AR 1 695.00
AR 050JBMX 3” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AR 1 695.00
AR 055IBMX 21/2” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AR 1 937.00
AR 055JBMX 3” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AR 1 937.00
AR 060KBMX 4” 60 3600 2119 6288.00 060AR 3 595.00
AR 100MDMX DN50 13 792 466 P.0.A. 100AR 1 413.00
AR 150NDMX DN80 26 1548 911 P.0.A. 150AR 1 695.00
AR 200NDMX DN80 37 2232 1314 P.0.A. 200AR 1 937.00
AR 250ODMX DN100 60 3600 2119 P.0.A. 060AR 3 595.00
AR 300ODMX DN100 79 4680 2755 P.0.A. 060AR 4 595.00
AR 350PDMX DN150 117 7020 4132 P.0.A. 060AR 6 595.00
AR 400QDMX DN200 195 11700 6886 P.0.A. 060AR 10 595.00
AR 450RDMX DN250 312 18720 11018 P.0.A. 060AR 16 595.00
AR 500SDMX DN300 468 28080 16527 P.0.A. 060AR 24 595.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Notes
1. Fitted with manual drain as standard. 3. For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors on page 10.
2. Differential pressure incident monitor supplied as an optional extra (not available on 010 models). 4. Optional accessories on page 18.

13 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AAR
High efficiency dust filtration

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp

005ABMX - 055JBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C

AAR 060KBMX 20 290 100°C 1.5°C

100MDMX - 500SDMX 16 232 100°C 1.5°C

Dry particle removal down to 0.01 micron

Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement UNIT

Model Pipe Size No.
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

AAR 005ABMX /4”

1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AAR 1 108.00
AAR 005BBMX /8”
3
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AAR 1 108.00
AAR 005CBMX /2”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005AAR 1 108.00
AAR 010ABMX /4”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AAR 1 115.00
AAR 010BBMX /8”
3
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AAR 1 115.00
AAR 010CBMX /2”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010AAR 1 115.00
AAR 015BBMX /8”
3
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AAR 1 184.00
AAR 015CBMX /2”
1
1.2 72 42 482.00 015AAR 1 184.00
AAR 020CBMX /2”
1
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AAR 1 213.00
AAR 020DBMX /4”
3
1.8 108 64 536.00 020AAR 1 213.00
AAR 020EBMX 1” 1.8 108 64 536.00 020AAR 1 213.00
AAR 025DBMX /4”
3
3.6 216 127 911.00 025AAR 1 264.00
AAR 025EBMX 1” 3.6 216 127 911.00 025AAR 1 264.00
AAR 030EBMX 1” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AAR 1 308.00
AAR 030FBMX 11/4” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AAR 1 308.00
AAR 030GBMX 11/2” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030AAR 1 308.00
AAR 035FBMX 11/4” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AAR 1 347.00
AAR 035GBMX 11/2” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035AAR 1 347.00
AAR 040GBMX 11/2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AAR 1 413.00
AAR 040HBMX 2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040AAR 1 413.00
AAR 045HBMX 2” 20 1188 699 2721.00 045AAR 1 592.00
AAR 050IBMX 21/2” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AAR 1 695.00
AAR 050JBMX 3” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050AAR 1 695.00
AAR 055IBMX 21/2” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AAR 1 937.00
AAR 055JBMX 3” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055AAR 1 937.00
AAR 060KBMX 4” 60 3600 2119 6288.00 060AAR 3 595.00
AAR 100MDMX DN50 13 792 466 P.O.A. 100AAR 1 413.00
AAR 150NDMX DN80 26 1548 911 P.O.A. 150AAR 1 695.00
AAR 200NDMX DN80 37 2232 1314 P.O.A. 200AAR 1 937.00
AAR 250ODMX DN100 60 3600 2119 P.O.A. 060AAR 3 595.00
AAR 300ODMX DN100 79 4680 2755 P.O.A. 060AAR 4 595.00
AAR 350PDMX DN150 117 7020 4132 P.O.A. 060AAR 6 595.00
AAR 400QDMX DN200 195 11700 6886 P.O.A. 060AAR 10 595.00
AAR 450RDMX DN250 312 18720 11018 P.O.A. 060AAR 16 595.00
AAR 500SDMX DN300 468 28080 16527 P.O.A. 060AAR 24 595.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Notes
1. Fitted with manual drain as standard. 3. For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors on page 10.
2. Differential pressure incident monitor supplied as an optional extra (not available on 010 models). 4. Optional accessories on page 18.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 14

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade ACS
Oil vapour and odour removal

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp

005ABMX - 055JBMX 20 290 50°C 1.5°C

ACS 060KBMX 20 290 50°C 1.5°C

100MDMX - 500SDMX 16 232 50°C 1.5°C

Maximum remaining oil vapour content: 0.003mg/m3 at 21°C

Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement UNIT
Model Pipe Size No.
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

ACS 005ABMX /4”

1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005ACS 1 108.00
ACS 005BBMX /8”
3
0.4 22 13 374.00 005ACS 1 108.00
ACS 005CBMX /2”
1
0.4 22 13 374.00 005ACS 1 108.00
ACS 010ABMX /4”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010ACS 1 115.00
ACS 010BBMX /8”
3
0.6 36 21 387.00 010ACS 1 115.00
ACS 010CBMX /2”
1
0.6 36 21 387.00 010ACS 1 115.00
ACS 015BBMX /8”
3
1.2 72 42 482.00 015ACS 1 184.00
ACS 015CBMX /2”
1
1.2 72 42 482.00 015ACS 1 184.00
ACS 020CBMX /2”
1
1.8 108 64 536.00 020ACS 1 213.00
ACS 020DBMX /4”
3
1.8 108 64 536.00 020ACS 1 213.00
ACS 020EBMX 1” 1.8 108 64 536.00 020ACS 1 213.00
ACS 025DBMX /4”
3
3.6 216 127 911.00 025ACS 1 264.00
ACS 025EBMX 1” 3.6 216 127 911.00 025ACS 1 264.00
ACS 030EBMX 1” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030ACS 1 308.00
ACS 030FBMX 11/4” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030ACS 1 308.00
ACS 030GBMX 11/2” 6.6 396 233 1020.00 030ACS 1 308.00
ACS 035FBMX 11/4” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035ACS 1 347.00
ACS 035GBMX 11/2” 9.6 576 339 1548.00 035ACS 1 347.00
ACS 040GBMX 11/2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040ACS 1 413.00
ACS 040HBMX 2” 13 792 466 1982.00 040ACS 1 413.00
ACS 045HBMX 2” 20 1188 699 2721.00 045ACS 1 592.00
ACS 050IBMX 21/2” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050ACS 1 695.00
ACS 050JBMX 3” 26 1548 911 3330.00 050ACS 1 695.00
ACS 055IBMX 21/2” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055ACS 1 937.00
ACS 055JBMX 3” 37 2232 1314 3796.00 055ACS 1 937.00
ACS 060KBMX 4” 60 3600 2119 6288.00 060ACS 3 595.00
ACS 100MDMX DN50 13 792 466 P.O.A. 100ACS 1 413.00
ACS 150NDMX DN80 26 1548 911 P.O.A. 150ACS 1 695.00
ACS 200NDMX DN80 37 2232 1314 P.O.A. 200ACS 1 937.00
ACS 250ODMX DN100 60 3600 2119 P.O.A. 060ACS 3 595.00
ACS 300ODMX DN100 79 4680 2755 P.O.A. 060ACS 4 595.00
ACS 350PDMX DN150 117 7020 4132 P.O.A. 060ACS 6 595.00
ACS 400QDMX DN200 195 11700 6886 P.O.A. 060ACS 10 595.00
ACS 450RDMX DN250 312 18720 11018 P.O.A. 060ACS 16 595.00
ACS 500SDMX DN300 468 28080 16527 P.O.A. 060ACS 24 595.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
Notes
1. Fitted with manual drain as standard. 3. For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors on page 10.
2. Differential pressure incident monitor supplied as an optional extra (not available on 010 models). 4. Optional accessories on page 18.

15 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AC
Point of use oil vapour and odour removal

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp

AC AC010ABFI - AC030GBFI 16 232 30°C 1.5°C

Maximum remaining oil vapour content: 0.003mg/m3 at 21°C

Pipe Flow Rates* Dimensions mm Weight UNIT Replacement Elements
Model
Size 3
m /min 3
m /hr cfm A B C Kg PRICE $ 1st Stage UNIT PRICE $ 2nd Stage UNIT PRICE $

AC010ABFI /4"
1
0.4 22 13 76 153.5 311.5 0.81 426.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
AC010BBFI /8"
3
0.4 22 13 76 153.5 311.5 0.81 426.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
AC010CBFI /2"
1
0.4 22 13 76 153.5 311.5 0.81 426.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
AC015BBFI /8"
3
0.8 46 27 97.5 235 474.5 1.60 494.00 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
AC015CBFI /2"
1
0.8 46 27 97.5 235 474.5 1.60 494.00 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
AC020CBFI /2"
1
1.5 90 53 97.5 235 474.5 1.45 868.00 020AA 213.00 020AC 115.00
AC020DBFI /4"
3
1.5 90 53 97.5 235 474.5 1.45 868.00 020AA 213.00 020AC 115.00
AC020EBFI 1" 1.5 90 53 97.5 235 474.5 1.45 868.00 020AA 213.00 020AC 115.00
AC025DBFI /4"
3
2.4 143 84 129 275 554 3.54 1335.00 025AA 264.00 025DAC 176.00
AC025EBFI 1" 3.9 231 136 129 275 554 3.43 1335.00 025AA 264.00 025EAC 176.00
AC030EBFI 1" 5.1 305 180 129 364 733 4.10 1480.00 030AA 308.00 030AC 364.00
AC030FBFI 1 1/4" 5.1 305 180 129 364 733 4.10 1480.00 030AA 308.00 030AC 364.00
AC030GBFI 1 1/2" 5.1 305 180 129 364 733 4.10 1480.00 030AA 308.00 030AC 364.00

*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Selecting a AC model to match a system flow rate and pressure.

Example: System flow 24 m3/hr at a pressure of 8.5 bar g
1. Obtain pressure correction factor from table on page 10. Correction factor for 8.5 bar g = 1.10
2. Divide system flow by correction factor to give equivalent flow rate at 7 bar g 24m3/hr ÷ 1.10 = 21 m3/hr (at 7 bar g)
3. Select a filter model from the above table with a flow rate above or equal to 21 m3/hr. AC filter model selected : 010
4. Select pipe connection & Thread type System uses 1/2" piping and BSP threads : Model AC010CB
5. Select drain type Pressure is below 16 bar g (232 psi g), automatic float drain fitted as standard. Model AC010CBF
6. Bulk oil indicator supplied as standard.

Notes
1. Fitted with automatic drain as standard. Manual drain available.
2. For flow rates at other pressures, please refer to flow correction factors on page 5.
3. Optional accessories on page 18.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 16

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade OVR
High efficiency oil vapour removal

Technical data
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Recommended Min. Recommended
Filter Grade Filter Models
bar g psi g Operating Temp Operating Temp

OVR OVR100EBXX-OVR250JBXX 16 232 50°C 1.5°C

Maximum remaining oil vapour content : 0.003 mg/m3 at 21°C.

Pipe Flow rates* UNIT Replacement Quantity UNIT
Model
Size m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Cartridge Kit Required PRICE $

OVR100EBXX 1" 4.8 288 170 3697.00 100OVR 1 886.00

OVR150HBXX 2" 9.6 576 339 4385.00 100OVR 2 886.00

OVR200HBXX 2" 19.8 1188 699 8765.00 100OVR 4 886.00

OVR250JBXX 3" 37.2 2232 1314 10041.00 100OVR 6 886.00

2 x OVR250JBXX 3" 74.5 4465 2628 Cartridge Life: Approx. 6000 hours (when
3 x OVR250JBXX 3" 111.8 6696 3941 corrected to match system conditions)

4 x OVR250JBXX 3" 149.1 8928 5255

5 x OVR250JBXX 3" 186.4 11160 6569

* Stated flows are at 7 barg (102 psi g) ANR conditions. For flows at other conditions, apply
the correction factors shown below.

Filter selection
Select unit(s) from
System Flow C1 C2 C3 the above table with
Rate Inlet Temp Inlet Pressure Dewpoint a flow rate above or
X X X = equal to

X X X =

C1 Inlet Air Temperature Correction C2 Inlet Air Pressure Correction Correction

C3 Dewpoint ºC
ºC Factor bar g psi g Factor Factor

20 1.00 3 43.5 2.00 Dry -70 to +3 1.00

25 1.53 4 58 1.60 Wet +3 and above 2.00
30 2.33 5 72 1.33
35 3.55 6 87 1.14
40 5.47 7 102 1.00
45 8.55 8 116 1.00
50 13.23 9 130 1.00
10 145 1.00
It is assumed inlet oil vapour A
concentration does not exceed 11 160 1.00
0.05mg/m3 at 21°C (70°F). For 12 174 1.00
applications with higher oil vapour 13 189 1.00
concentrations, please contact
Parker for accurate sizing. 14 203 1.00
15 218 1.00
16 232 1.00
B
Weights and dimensions
Filter Pipe Dimensions mm Weight
Grade Size A B C Kg

OVR100E 1" 352 670 250 25

OVR150H 2" 504 797 300 42
OVR200H 2" 829 797 300 74
OVR250J 3" 1194 816 300 107 C

17 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION
Filter accessories - 1/4” to 3” models

Incident monitor FXKE Fixing Clamps MBKE Mounting Brackets

Used to indicate premature high Fixing clamp allows quick and simple Mounting brackets provide additional
differential pressure. Indicator can be connection of multiple filter housings. support to filters installed in flexible
retrofitted to existing housings without piping systems or OEM equipment.
depressurising the system.

Incident Monitor Filter Fixing Clamp Kits MBKE Mounting Bracket Kits
Filter Model UNIT PRICE $ Filter Model UNIT PRICE $ Filter Model UNIT PRICE $
015 - 055 DPM 77.00 005 - 010 FXKE1 69.00 005 - 010 MBKE1 94.00
100 - 500 DPM-FAB 185.00 015 - 020 FXKE2 69.00 015 - 020 MBKE2 97.00
025 - 030 FXKE3 85.00 025 - 030 MBKE3 104.00
035 - 045 FXKE4 88.00 035 - 045 MBKE4 129.00
050 - 055 FXKE5 99.00 050 - 055 MBKE5 150.00

Replacement Drains

AO/AA Grade filters fitted with AR/AAR/ACS Grade filters fitted BULK OIL INDICATOR
float drains as standard. with a manual drain.

EF1 Float drain 77.00 EM1 Manual drain 77.00 60500 9902 92.00

O Ring Kits
Filter Model UNIT PRICE $
005 - 010 EMAK1 24.00
015 - 020 EMAK2 33.00
025 - 030 EMAK3 35.00
035 - 045 EMAK4 42.00
050 - 055 EMAK5 47.00

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 18

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-Xplus
Filter accessories

Manual Automatic Drain Kit External Drain Kit

Drain Kit (0006G/0009G) (0205G - 0620G)
(0009G - 0145G) Part No. 60864 LF
Part No. 60807
Part No. 69203 $72.00
$350.00
$38.00 Automatic Drain
(0017G - 0145G)
Part No. 60864
$72.00

HDF120/A 1
⁄2" BSPT Manual Sight Glass Kit
Heavy Duty Drain Kit
Part No. SGK1
External Drain Kit Part No. $61.00
$259.00 60 500 6470
Sight Glass
$77.00 Blanking Kit
Part No. 60 500 2120
SGK1
$61.00

Fixing Kit Differential Pressure Indicators

2 wedges, ‘O’ ring and screws
for connecting 2 filters in series

FXK1/2 0009G to 0030G $59.00

FXK3 0058G to 0145G $78.00
DPI
FXK4 0205G to 0330G $108.00
FXK5 0405G to 0620G $231.00 (Ported Filters)
0009G - 0030G
Mounting Bracket Kits $160.00
(includes 2 brackets, 2 wedges DPG
and screws, nuts and bolts)
Differential
Pressure Gauge

MBK1 0009G $80.00 0058G - 1000G

MBK2 0017G to 0030G $96.00 $310.00
MBK3 0058G to 0145G $120.00 DPS Differential Pressure Switch $75.00
MBK4 0205G to 0330G $179.00 $21.00
MBK5 0405G to 0620G $414.00
Replacement ‘O’ ring kits
(includes body 'O' ring, autodrain gasket and bleed valve)
For Flanged Filters
Part No.
0009G MAK1 $25.00 Body seal for: DPG-KIT
0017G to 0030G MAK2 $27.00 1000G and WS1000 MAK6 $31.00 $474.00
0058G to 0145G MAK3 $38.00 Full seal kit for:
0205G to 0330G MAK4 $45.00 1000G and WS1000 MAK7 $58.00
0405G to 0620G MAK5 $49.00 (PF/AO/AA/AR/AAR)

Fabricated Filter Body Gasket

0330F FAK1 $32.00
0620F FAK2 $95.00
1000F FAK3 $116.00
1300F FAK4 $134.00
1950F FAK5 $192.00
3250F FAK6 $353.00
5200F FAK7 $429.00
7200F FAK8 $658.00

19 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Genuine Parker Filtration
Replacement filter elements

OIL-Xplus replacement elements for OIL-X filters (1994 - 2004)

Housing Type PF UNIT PRICE $ AO/AR UNIT PRICE $ AA UNIT PRICE $ AX UNIT PRICE $ ACS UNIT PRICE $

0009G K009PF 113.00 K009AO 113.00 K009AA 113.00 K009AX 137.00 K009ACS 113.00
0017G K017PF 179.00 K017AO 179.00 K017AA 179.00 K017AX 219.00 K017ACS 179.00
0030G K030PF 208.00 K030AO 208.00 K030AA 208.00 K030AX 252.00 K030ACS 208.00
0058G K058PF 258.00 K058AO 258.00 K058AA 258.00 K058AX 313.00 K058ACS 258.00
0080G K145PF 340.00 K145AO 340.00 K145AA 340.00 K145AX 411.00 K145ACS 340.00
0125G K145PF 340.00 K145AO 340.00 K145AA 340.00 K145AX 411.00 K145ACS 340.00
0145G K145PF 340.00 K145AO 340.00 K145AA 340.00 K145AX 411.00 K145ACS 340.00
0205G K220PF 403.00 K220AO 403.00 K220AA 403.00 K220AX 487.00 K220ACS 403.00
0220G K220PF 403.00 K220AO 403.00 K220AA 403.00 K220AX 487.00 K220ACS 403.00
0330G K330PF 579.00 K330AO 579.00 K330AA 579.00 K330AX 702.00 K330ACS 579.00
0405G K430PF 679.00 K430AO 679.00 K430AA 679.00 K430AX 824.00 K430ACS 679.00
0430G K430PF 679.00 K430AO 679.00 K430AA 679.00 K430AX 824.00 K430ACS 679.00
0620G K620PF 917.00 K620AO 917.00 K620AA 917.00 K620AX 1117.00 K620ACS 917.00
1000G K330PF* 579.00 K330AO* 579.00 K330AA* 579.00 K330AX* 702.00 K330ACS* 579.00
*3 Filter elements required

OIL-Xplus Activated Carbon Replacement Elements

Housing Type Element Code Quantity UNIT PRICE $

KOO9AA 1 113.00
AC-0006G
KOO6AC 1 63.00

KO17AA 1 179.00
AC-0013G
KO13AC 1 81.00

KO30AA 1 208.00
AC-0025G
KO25AC 1 113.00

KO58AA 1 258.00
AC-0040G
KO40AC 1 171.00

K145AA 1 340.00
AC-0065G
KO65AC 1 261.00

K145AA 1 340.00
AC-0085G
KO85AC 1 355.00

OIL-Xplus TS Series Elements Medical vacuum filter elements HC Filter elements

AO AA UNIT PRICE $ Code UNIT PRICE $ Element Code UNIT PRICE $
K009AOTS K009AATS 127.00 K025PL 265.00 K006HC 366.00
K017AOTS K017AATS 200.00 K040PL 309.00 K013HC 522.00
K030AOTS K030AATS 229.00 K085PL 364.00 K035HC 790.00
K058AOTS K058AATS 269.00 K195PL 494.00 K040HC 825.00
K145AOTS K145AATS 352.00 K400PL 1007.00
K220AOTS K220AATS 413.00 K500PL 1220.00
K330AOTS K330AATS 613.00
K430AOTS K430AATS 700.00
K620AOTS K620AATS 985.00

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 20

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Alternative compressed air filter elements

Donaldson ultrafilter Ltd alternative compressed air filter elements

Donaldson Parker Donaldson Donaldson

UNIT Parker UNIT Parker UNIT Donaldson Parker UNIT
ultrafilter
ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $ Filtration PRICE $ ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $ ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $
Ltd.

PE 02/05 V-PE02/05 PF02/05 79.00 V-2/1.5 PF2/1.5 84.00 FF 02/05 MF02/05 AO02/05 95.00 FF2/1.5 MF2/1.5 AO 2/1.5 84.00
PE 02/10 V-PE02/10 PF02/10 95.00 V-3/1 PF3/1 125.00 FF 02/10 MF02/10 AO02/10 98.00 FF3/1 MF3/1 AO 3/1 125.00
PE 03/05 V-PE03/05 PF03/05 95.00 V-3/1.5 PF3/1.5 139.00 FF 03/05 MF03/05 AO03/05 98.00 FF3/1.5 MF3/1.5 AO 3/1.5 139.00
PE 03/10 V-PE03/10 PF03/10 98.00 V-4/1.5 PF4/1.5 175.00 FF 03/10 MF03/10 AO03/10 104.00 FF4/1.5 MF4/1.5 AO 4/1.5 175.00
PE 04/10 V-PE04/10 PF04/10 120.00 V-4/2.5 PF4/2.5 197.00 FF 04/10 MF04/10 AO04/10 139.00 FF4/2.5 MF4/2.5 AO 4/2.5 197.00
PE 04/20 V-PE04/20 PF04/20 152.00 V-5/2.5 PF5/2.5 270.00 FF 04/20 MF04/20 AO04/20 175.00 FF5/2.5 MF5/2.5 AO 5/2.5 270.00
PE 05/20 V-PE05/20 PF05/20 188.00 V-5/3 PF5/3 317.00 FF 05/20 MF05/20 AO05/20 197.00 FF5/3 MF5/3 AO 5/3 317.00
PE 05/25 V-PE05/25 PF05/25 235.00 V-10/3 PF10/3 412.00 FF 05/25 MF05/25 AO05/25 247.00 FF10/3 MF10/3 AO 10/3 412.00
PE 07/25 V-PE07/25 PF07/25 291.00 V-15/3 PF15/3 526.00 FF 07/25 MF07/25 AO07/25 292.00 FF15/3 MF15/3 AO 15/3 526.00
PE 07/30 V-PE07/30 PF07/30 368.00 V-20/3 PF20/3 626.00 FF 07/30 MF07/30 AO07/30 383.00 FF20/3 MF20/3 AO 20/3 648.00
PE 10/30 V-PE10/30 PF10/30 426.00 V-30/3 PF30/3 781.00 FF l0/30 MF10/30 AO10/30 450.00 FF30/3 MF30/3 AO 30/3 781.00
PE 15/30 V-PE15/30 PF15/30 543.00 V-30/5 PF30/5 995.00 FF l5/30 MF15/30 AO15/30 582.00 FF30/5 MF30/5 AO 30/5 995.00
PE 20/30 V-PE20/30 PF20/30 648.00 FF 20/30 MF20/30 AO20/30 703.00
PE 30/30 V-PE30/30 PF30/30 807.00 FF 30/30 MF30/30 AO30/30 887.00
PE 30/50 V-PE30/50 PF30/50 1050.00 FF 30/50 MF30/50 AO30/50 1086.00

Donaldson Parker UNIT Donaldson Parker UNIT Donaldson Parker UNIT Donaldson Parker UNIT
ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $ ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $ ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $ ultrafilter Ltd. Filtration PRICE $

SMF02/05 AA02/05 98.00 SMF2/1.5 AA2/1.5 97.00 AK02/05 AC02/05 98.00 AK2/1.5 AC2/1.5 152.00
SMF02/10 AA02/10 98.00 SMF3/1 AA3/1 125.00 AK02/10 AC02/10 98.00 AK3/1 AC3/1 152.00
SMF03/05 AA03/05 98.00 SMF3/1.5 AA3/1.5 139.00 AK03/05 AC03/05 104.00 AK3/1.5 AC3/1.5 175.00
SMF03/10 AA03/10 104.00 SMF4/1.5 AA4/1.5 175.00 AK03/10 AC03/10 125.00 AK4/1.5 AC4/1.5 210.00
SMF04/10 AA04/10 139.00 SMF4/2.5 AA4/2.5 197.00 AK04/10 AC04/10 152.00 AK4/2.5 AC4/2.5 263.00
SMF04/20 AA04/20 188.00 SMF5/2.5 AA5/2.5 270.00 AK04/20 AC04/20 188.00 AK5/2.5 AC5/2.5 317.00
SMF05/20 AA05/20 210.00 SMF5/3 AA5/3 317.00 AK05/20 AC05/20 235.00 AK5/3 AC5/3 404.00
SMF05/25 AA05/25 291.00 SMF10/3 AA10/3 412.00 AK05/25 AC05/25 291.00 AK10/3 AC10/3 526.00
SMF07/25 AA07/25 305.00 SMF15/3 AA15/3 526.00 AK07/25 AC07/25 336.00 AK15/3 AC15/3 873.00
SMF07/30 AA07/30 426.00 SMF20/3 AA20/3 648.00 AK07/30 AC07/30 441.00 AK20/3 AC20/3 804.00
SMF10/30 AA10/30 485.00 SMF30/3 AA30/3 781.00 AK10/30 AC10/30 543.00 AK30/3 AC30/3 1003.00
SMF15/30 AA15/30 616.00 SMF30/5 AA30/5 995.00 AK15/30 AC15/30 649.00 AK30/5 AC30/5 1285.00
SMF20/30 AA20/30 703.00 AK20/30 AC20/30 804.00
SMF30/30 AA30/30 941.00 AK30/30 AC30/30 1018.00
SMF30/50 AA30/50 1195.00 AK30/50 AC30/50 1285.00

Busch. Ltd. alternative vacuum pump filters

domnick UNIT
Busch
hunter PRICE $

532 - 221 DH - 221 66.00

532 - 302 DH - 222 80.00
532 - 303 DH - 223 126.00
532 - 304 DH - 224 138.00

21 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Alternative compressed air filter elements

Walker Filtration Ltd alternative compressed air filter elements

COARSE FILTRATION HIGH EFFICIENCY FILTRATION

Walker Filtration Ltd. Parker Filtration UNIT PRICE $ Walker Filtration Ltd. Parker Filtration UNIT PRICE $
E361 X25 EW361 PF 145.00 E361 XA EW361 AA 145.00
E371 X25 EW371 PF 215.00 E371 XA EW371 AA 215.00
E511 X25 EW511 PF 240.00 E511 XA EW511 AA 240.00
E711 X25 EW711 PF 347.00 E711 XA EW711 AA 347.00
E811 X25 EW811 PF 445.00 E811 XA EW811 AA 445.00
E731 X25 EW731 PF 432.00 E731 XA EW731 AA
432.00
E821 X25 EW821 PF 488.00 E821 XA EW821 AA
488.00
E831 X25 EW831 PF 582.00 E831 XA EW831 AA
582.00
E851 X25 EW851 PF 719.00 E851 XA EW851 AA
719.00
E1251 X25 EW1251 PF 847.00 E1251 XA EW1251 AA
847.00
E1261 XA EW1261 AA
E1261 X25 EW1261 PF 1121.00 1121.00
E1281 XA EW1281 AA
E1281 X25 EW1281 PF 1322.00 1322.00
E830 XA EW830 AA
E830 X25 EW830 PF 488.00 488.00
E86 XA EW86 AA
E86 X25 EW86 PF 702.00 702.00
E137 XA EW137 AA
E137 X25 EW137 PF 1078.00 1078.00
E138 XA EW138 AA
E138 X25 EW138 PF 1356.00 1356.00
E87 XA EW87 AA
E87 X25 EW87 PF 753.00
ACTIVATED CARBON UNIT PRICE $
MEDIUM FILTRATION UNIT PRICE $
E1251 AC EW1251 AC 847.00
E361 X5 EW361 AO 145.00
E1261 AC EW1261 AC 1121.00
E371 X5 EW371 AO 215.00
E1281 AC EW1281 AC 1322.00
E511 X5 EW511 AO 240.00
E830 AC EW830 AC 488.00
E711 X5 EW711 AO 347.00
E86 AC EW86 AC 702.00
E811 X5 EW811 AO 445.00
E137 AC EW137 AC 1078.00
E731 X5 EW731 AO 432.00
E138 AC EW138 AC 1356.00
E821 X5 EW821 AO 488.00
E87 AC EW87 AC 753.00
E831 X5 EW831 AO 582.00
EO1AC EW01 AC 150.00
E851 X5 EW851 AO 719.00
EO2AC EW02 AC 137.00
E1251 X5 EW1251 AO 847.00
E1261 X5 EW1261 AO 1121.00
Walker Filtration Ltd. Parker Filtration UNIT PRICE $
E1281 X5 EW1281 AO 1322.00
E830 X5 EW830 AO 488.00 E50 (Grade) EW50 (Grade) 201.00
E86 X5 EW86 AO 702.00 E51 (Grade) EW51 (Grade) 240.00
E137 X5 EW137 AO 1078.00 E52 (Grade) EW52 (Grade) 250.00
E138 X5 EW138 AO 1356.00 E71 (Grade) EW71 (Grade) 347.00
E81 (Grade) EW81 (Grade) 360.00
E87 X5 EW87 AO 753.00
E73 (Grade) EW73 (Grade) 455.00
E83 (Grade) EW83 (Grade) 488.00
FINE FILTRATION UNIT PRICE $
E831 (Grade) EW831 (Grade) 582.00
E361 X1 EW361 AO 145.00 E103 (Grade) EW103 (Grade) 582.00
E371 X1 EW371 AO 215.00 E123 (Grade) EW123 (Grade) 710.00
E511 X1 EW511 AO 240.00 E125 (Grade) EW125 (Grade) 850.00
E711 X1 EW711 AO 347.00 E127 (Grade) EW127 (Grade) 1125.00
E811 X1 EW811 AO 445.00 E128 (Grade) EW128 (Grade) 1326.00
E731 X1 EW731 AO 432.00 E830 (Grade) EW830 (Grade) 488.00
E821 X1 EW821 AO 488.00 E86 (Grade) EW86 (Grade) 702.00
E137 (Grade) EW137 (Grade) 1078.00
E831 X1 EW831 AO 582.00
E138 (Grade) EW138 (Grade) 1356.00
E851 X1 EW851 AO 719.00
E87 (Grade) EW87 (Grade) 753.00
E1251 X1 EW1251 AO 847.00
E1261 X1 EW1261 AO 1121.00
FILTRATION GRADES
E1281 X1 EW1281 AO 1322.00
E830 X1 EW830 AO 488.00 Walker Filtration Ltd. Parker Filtration
E86 X1 EW86 AO 702.00 X25 PF
E137 X1 EW137 AO 1078.00 X5/X1 AO
E138 X1 EW138 AO 1356.00 XA AA
E87 X1 EW87 AO 753.00 AC/RAC AC
RX25 PF Reverse flowed
RX5/RX1 AO Reverse flowed NOTE* Suffix filter codes
Filter Upgrade: Contact Parker Filtration RXA AA Reverse flowed
with relevant filter grades
from table above.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 22

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-Xplus 50 Series
Intermediate pressure filters

Flow Rates UNIT Replacement UNIT

Filter Type Port Size
m3/min Nm3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

IP50 - (Grade)-0030G G1/4 1.8 108 64 1286.00 K009 (grade) 113.00

IP50 - (Grade)-0045G G3/8 2.7 162 95 1375.00 K009 (grade) 113.00
IP50 - (Grade)-0095G G1/2 5.7 342 201 1637.00 K030 (grade) 208.00
IP50 - (Grade)-0145G G3/4 8.7 522 307 1956.00 K030 (grade) 208.00
IP50 - (Grade)-0285G G1 17.1 1026 604 2526.00 K145 (grade) 340.00
IP50 - (Grade)-0465G G11/2 27.9 1674 985 3527.00 K145 (grade) 340.00
IP50 - (Grade)-0965G G2 57.9 3473 2044 4987.00 K220 (grade) 403.00

Weights and dimensions

A
Dimensions mm Weight B
Filter Type
A B C D Kg

IP50 - (Grade)-0030G 78 33 142 70 1.3

IP50 - (Grade)-0045G 78 33 142 70 1.3 C

IP50 - (Grade)-0095G 89 40.5 205 130 2.0

IP50 - (Grade)-0145G 89 40.5 205 130 2.0
58mm (2.3”)
IP50 - (Grade)-0285G 122 58.5 365 272 5.0 100mm (4”)
Grades ACS, AR
Grades WS,
IP50 - (Grade)-0465G 122 58 365 272 5.0 AO and AA
and AAR

IP50 - (Grade)-0965G 170 62 418 320 10.0 CLEARANCE D

TO CHANGE
ELEMENT

Technical data
GRADE WS GRADE AO GRADE AA GRADE ACS GRADE AR GRADE AAR
Particle removal down to: - 1 micron 0.01 micron - 1 micron 0.01 micron
Max. remaining oil content at 21°C (70°F): - 0.6 mg/m3 0.01 mg/m3 0.003 mg/m3 - -
(0.5 ppm) (0.01 ppm) (0.003 ppm) - -
Max. operating pressure: 50 bar g (725 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g)
Max. recommended operating temp: 66°C (150°F) 66°C (150°F) 66°C (150°F) 30°C (86°F) 66°C (150°F) 66°C (150°F)
Min. recommended operating temp: 1.5°C (35°F) 1.5°C (35°F) 1.5°C (35°F) 1.5°C (35°F) 1.5°C (35°F) 1.5°C (35°F)
Initial dry pressure differential: 70 mbar (1.0 psi) 70 mbar (1.0 psi) 100 mbar (1.5 psi) 70 mbar (1.0 psi) 70 mbar (1.0 psi) 100 mbar (1.5 psi)
Initial saturated pressure differential: - 140 mbar (2 psi) 200 mbar (3 psi) - - -
Change element every: - 12 months 12 months When oil vapour is detected 12 months 12
months

NOTES Use the correction factors below for flow rates at other working pressures:
1. Automatic drain fitted as standard on grades AO and AA
2. Manual ball valve fitted as standard on grades ACS, AR and AAR. Line bar g 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
3. Grade ACS will NOT remove methane, carbon dioxide,
carbon monoxide or other toxic gases or fumes. Pressure psi g 290 362 435 507 580 652 725
4. Filters for pressures up to 350 bar g on request.
Correction Factor 0.63 0.71 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1.00

Accessories Weld Flange Connection Kits to connect up to 3 filters in series

Model 1 Stage UNIT PRICE $ 2 Stage UNIT PRICE $ 3 Stage UNIT PRICE $
0030G MFK1-1 P.O.A. MFK1-2 P.O.A. MFK1-3 P.O.A.
0045G MFK2-1 P.O.A. MFK2-2 P.O.A. MFK2-3 P.O.A.
0095G MFK3-1 P.O.A. MFK3-2 P.O.A. MFK3-3 P.O.A.
0145G MFK4-1 P.O.A. MFK4-2 P.O.A. MFK4-3 P.O.A.
0285G MFK5-1 P.O.A. MFK5-2 P.O.A. MFK5-3 P.O.A.
0465G MFK6-1 P.O.A. MFK6-2 P.O.A. MFK6-3 P.O.A.
0965G MFK7-1 P.O.A. MFK7-2 P.O.A. MFK7-3 P.O.A.

23 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-Xplus Stainless Steel
Compressed air filters

Technical data
Maximum operating pressure: 16 bar g (232 psi g) Initial ‘dry’ differential pressure: 70 mbar (1.0 psi) Grade AO, AR
100 mbar (1.5 psi) Grade AA, AAR
Maximum recommended operating temperature: 66ºC Grade AO, AA, AR, AAR
200 mbar (3.0 psi) Grade ACS
30ºC Grade ACS
Initial ‘wet’ differential pressure: 140 mbar (2.0 psi) Grade AO
Minimum recommended operating temperature: 1.5°C 200 mbar 3.0 psi) Grade AA
Grade ACS, AR N/A

Housing constructed from Stainless Steel : Grade 316L

Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement UNIT
Filter Type Port Size No
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

(grade) 0009GSS G1/4 0.53 32 19 P.O.A. K009 (grade) 1 113.00

(grade) 0017GSS G3/8 1.02 61 36 P.O.A. K017 (grade) 1 179.00
(grade) 0030GSS G1/2 1.80 108 64 P.O.A. K030 (grade) 1 208.00
(grade) 0058GSS G3/4 3.60 216 127 P.O.A. K058 (grade) 1 258.00
(grade) 0080GSS G1 4.80 288 170 P.O.A. K145 (grade) 1 340.00
(grade) 0145GSS G11/2 8.70 522 307 P.O.A. K145 (grade) 1 340.00
(grade) 0220GSS G2 13 792 466 P.O.A. K220 (grade) 1 403.00
(grade) 0330GSS G2 20 1188 699 P.O.A. K330 (grade) 1 579.00
(grade) 0405GSS G21/2 24 1440 848 P.O.A. K430 (grade) 1 679.00
(grade) 0430GSS G3 26 1548 911 P.O.A. K430 (grade) 1 679.00
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar(g) (102 psi(g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Filtration grades
GRADE AO GRADE AA GRADE ACS GRADE AR
High Efficiency General Purpose Protection High Efficiency Oil Removal Filtration Oil Vapour & Odour Removal General Purpose Dust Filtration
Particle removal down to : 1 micron, including water (Precede with Grade AO filter) (Precede Grade ACS with Grade AA filter) Dry Particle removal down to : 1 micron
and oil aerosols. Maximum remaining oil aerosol Particle removal down to: 0.01 micron, Maximum remaining oil vapour content:
content: 0.6 mg/m3 at 21°C. including water and oil aerosols. 0.003 mg/m3 at 21°C. GRADE AAR
Maximum remaining oil aerosol content: High Efficiency Dust Filtration
0.01 mg/m3 at 21°C.
Dry Particle removal down to : 0.01 micron

Dimensions mm
Filter Type Weight
Kg
A B C D E

(grade) 0009GSS 145 50.5 210 246 80 2.5

(grade) 0017GSS 145 50.5 236 272 100 2.5
(grade) 0030GSS 154 50.5 270 306 130 2.5
(grade) 0058GSS 190 86 382 431 175 4.5
(grade) 0080GSS 200 86 506 555 275 5.0
(grade) 0145GSS 225 86 506 555 275 5.0
(grade) 0220GSS 280 102 628 677 350 10.0
(grade) 0330GSS 280 102 938 987 650 12.0
(grade) 0405GSS 290 102 698 747 430 12.0
(grade) 0430GSS 300 102 698 747 430 12.0

Flow correction factors

Line bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 0.38 0.53 0.65 0.76 0.85 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.36 1.41 1.46 1.51

To find the correction factors for pressures other than 7 bar g (100 psi g), use the following equation

e.g. Correction factor = (System Operating Pressure) = 8.5 bar g = 1.10 Therefore, for 8.5 bar g multiply nominal flow rate by 1.10
for 8.5 bar g (Nominal pressure) 7 bar g

NOTES
1. Manual drain valves are supplied as standard.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 24

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Food Grade Compressed Air

A new code of practice covering the use of compressed air in the food industry has been developed between the British Retail Consortium and
the British Compressed Air Society. The code gives minimum quality standards for compressed air and defines allowable levels for dirt, water
and total oil in line with quality levels specified in ISO8573.1 the international standard for compressed air quality.
Quality Levels
Section 6 of the code of practice provides air quality standards for compressed air that is either in direct contact with food (specified in section
6.1 as contact) or air that could come in contact with food (specified in section 6.1 as non-contact).

Dirt (Solid Particulate)

Max Number of Particles per m3
Air Quality Humidity Total Oil ISO8573.1
Recommendation (Water Vapour) (Aerosol + Vapour) Equivalent
0.1-0.5 micron 0.5 - 1 micron 1 - 5 micron

Contact 100,000 1,000 10 -40°C PDP < 0.01 mg/m3 Class 2.2.1
Non - Contact 100,000 1,000 10 +3°C PDP ≤ 0.01 mg/m3 Class 2.4.1
Non - Contact High Risk 100,000 1,000 10 -40°C PDP ≤ 0.01 mg/m3 Class 2.2.1

Reference Conditions from ISO8573.1 : Absolute atmospheric pressure 1 bar, Temperature = 20°C.
Humidity is measured at air line pressure.

In addition, section 6.2 gives advice on assessing microbiological contamination.

Lubricants
Section 5.4.4a of the Code of Practice states ‘Where lubricated or oil-injected compressors are in use and non-food grade oil is used and
the HACCP process identifies a risk, then the oil shall be replaced with food grade oils in line with the procedures identified in the EHEDG
Document 23.’

A Guaranteed Solution to Food Grade Compressed Air

Compressed Air and its purification
General Systems
It is often believed that the compressed air purification equipment required is dependent upon the type of compressor used. In fact, the contamination
in a compressed air system (dirt, water and oil) comes from many sources such as, the ambient air, compressor lubricants, corrosion of the
distribution piping and microbiological growth in the warm, moist air.
A common misconception is that by installing an ‘oil free’ compressor there is no need for downstream filtration. However the term ‘oil free’ simply
means that oil is not used in the compression chamber and therefore does not come into contact with the air being compressed. Even with an oil-free
compressor, filtration will be required to remove dirt, condensed water & oil vapour drawn into the compressor intake as well as dirt present from
the distribution system.

Coalescing Filters
Aerosols (droplets) of oil & water are removed using coalescing type filters which have the additional benefit of removing solid particulate to very low
levels (as small as 0.01micron in size). In a typical oil lubricated compressed air system, up to 99.5% of the liquid removed by coalescing filters is
water.

Adsorption Filters
Oil vapour will pass through the coalescing filter just as easily as the compressed air itself. Oil Vapour Removal (OVR) filters provide a large
bed of activated carbon adsorbent for the removal of oil vapours and provide final protection against oil contamination.

Refrigeration Dryers
CRD Refrigeration dryers provide water vapour removal with a pressure dewpoint of +3°C. Ideal for general purpose compressed air and air
not in direct contact with food.

Adsorption Dryers
PNEUDRI adsorption dryers provide water vapour removal with a pressure dewpoint of -40°C (-70°C optional). A compressed air dewpoint of less
than -26°C will inhibit the growth of micro-organisms within the compressed air system.

Microbiological Filters
Where HACCP has established a risk, specific filtration is available to provide sterile compressed air. Steam sterilisable High Flow Tetpor
filters provide absolute removal of micro-organisms.

25 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Food Grade Compressed Air

This state of the art test uses samplers based on slit to agar
Compressed Air and Gas Sampling impaction. The units sample air or compressed gas for the
presence and enumeration of viable micro-organisms. These
samplers operate by drawing in air or gas at a fixed flow rate. A
volume of 1 cubic metre is sampled during a calibrated period
(typically 1 hour). The air or gas accelerates to a sufficiently high
velocity to give maximum validated recovery of impacted
organisms on the agar surface during this period of time.

After appropriate incubation, the growth on the plated medium

can be interpreted not only quantitatively but also from a real
time occurrence of contamination. This can prove invaluable in
pinpointing which event during a manufacturing process has
raised the environmental bio-burden above acceptable limits.
Once identified these areas can be scrutinised and appropriately
addressed.

Benefits of Slit to Agar Impaction

• Tried and tested technology
In ultra-clean and critical compressed air applications, such as
those required in the food and beverage or pharmaceutical
• Effective capture method with a validated rate
industries, unwanted micro-biological contamination could have of recovery
severe consequences on the process. Any remaining micro- • Pinpoint isolation timing
organisms will in normal conditions, multiply exponentially, and
even a few will lead to diminished product quality, reduced shelf • Reduced risk of double impingement
life and ultimately cause complete and costly batch spoilage.
Quite often, the presence of micro-biological contamination is
discovered only when it is too late.

Regular testing by our technicians utilising widely accepted high

quality instruments will identify contamination and allow
corrective action to be taken prior to product spoilage.
This is offered as a specific service or to run concurrently with
any individual specific testing requirements such as those in the
food and beverage industry. In all cases our technicians can
provide innovative solutions to specific problem areas.

Parker Filtration recommends that regular analysis of your

compressed air and gas system as part of a complete air quality
program will increase long term system efficiency and will
reduce costs. All of our technicians are qualified to carry out the
following in line with the food grade code of practice:
• Air quality testing
• Ultrasonic air and gas leak detection
• Particle counting
• Pressure and temperature testing

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 26

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Food Grade Compressed Air

System Design
To achieve the stringent air quality levels required for food manufacture, a careful approach to system design, commissioning and operation must be employed. It is highly recommended
that the compressed air is treated prior to entry into the distribution system as well as at each usage point or application. This approach to system design provides the most cost effective
solutions to food grade compressed air as shown in the examples below.
CONTACT

CONTACT
AIR THAT COMES INTO
DIRECT CONTACT WITH FOOD

NON CONTACT - HIGH RISK

AIR THAT COULD COME
INTO CONTACT WITH FOOD

NON-CONTACT

NON CONTACT - LOW RISK

AIR THAT COULD COME
INTO CONTACT WITH FOOD

PST REFRIGERATION DRYER

NON-CONTACT

NON CONTACT - LOW RISK

AIR THAT COULD COME
INTO CONTACT WITH FOOD

CONTACT
AIR THAT COMES INTO
DIRECT CONTACT WITH FOOD

PST REFRIGERATION DRYER

Air Quality Dirt Humidity Total Oil

Recommendation (Solid Particulate) (Water Vapour) (Aerosol & Vapour)

Contact OIL-X EVOLUTION GRADE AO + AA PNEUDRI -40°C PDP

or OIL-X EVOLUTION
Non - Contact Low Risk CRD +3°C PDP
OIL-X EVOLUTION GRADE AR + AAR GRADE AO + AA + OVR
Non - Contact High Risk For dry particulate* PNEUDRI -40°C PDP

KEY:
WS - BULK LIQUID REMOVAL / OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AO - GENERAL PURPOSE COALESCING FILTER / OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AA - HIGH EFFICIENCY COALESCING FILTER
OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AR - GENERAL PURPOSE DUST REMOVAL FILTER / OIL-X EVOLUTION Grade AAR - HIGH EFFICIENCY DUST REMOVAL FILTER /
OVR - OIL VAPOUR REMOVAL FILTER / HIGH FLOW TETPOR - Optional Sterile Air Filter

27 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Food Grade Compressed Air

Guaranteed Air Quality

All air treatment products are supplied with a one year compressed air quality guarantee, when sized, installed and maintained in
accordance with Parker Filtration recommendations.
Measurement and Testing
Section 7 of the code of practice requires systems to be tested twice per year by qualified personnel with specialised equipment. As a
full customer service organisation, Parker Filtration can carry out a complete compressed air system health check and provide a full
range of cost effective, tailored maintenance programmes which will satisfy the testing requirements of the code.
Compressed Air Health Check
For a complete system health check and details of maintenance programmes available, contact Parker Filtration or a recognised
Parker Filtration distributor.

Health Check
Compressed Air
f System
Visual Check o
Oil Content
nt
Moisture Conte
Particle Check
Drain Function
Leak Detection
Lubricant Type
erature
Ambient Temp
om pre ss ed A ir Temperature
C
ir Pressure
Compressed A
ith
Compliance w
mpressed Air
Food Grade Co
ce
Code of Practi CCP
rob iolo gic a l test (where HA
Mic
d a risk)
has establishe

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 28

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Sterile Air / ISO 8573.1:2001
Class 1 Particulate removal

HIGH FLOW TETPOR II MEMBRANE FILTERS

Food and beverage sterile air / particulate free filtration
Full retention of bacteria, viruses and particulate. Based on membrane technology. Retention correlated to
a liquid bacterial challenge (ASTM 838-38) as well as bacterial and viral aerosol challenge. Used for the
most critical of applications including medical, pharmaceutical / aseptic packaging and electronics.

Filter housing and filter element are supplied as separately priced items and must be ordered separately

*Flowrate @ 7 bar g (100 psi g) 20°C (68°F) Dimensions Approx.

Port initial p 100 mbar (1.4 psi) mm UNIT Element UNIT
Filter Type Weight
Size PRICE $ Code PRICE $
Kg
m3/min m3/hr cfm A B
HBACE-01BQB-T-S-BB-B-X 1
⁄4" 0.6 34 20 245 132 1.4 1659.00 ZHFT/BT/1 299.00
HBACE-01BXB-T-S-BB-B-X 3
⁄8" 0.8 51 30 245 147 1.4 1659.00 ZHFT/BT/1 299.00
HBACE-01BAB-T-S-BB-B-X 1
⁄2" 1.2 71 42 245 157 1.4 1659.00 ZHFT/BT/1 299.00
HBACE-01ATB-T-S-BB-B-X 3
⁄4" 1.7 102 60 300 160 1.5 1923.00 ZHFT/AT/1 361.00
HBACE-01ABB-T-S-BB-B-X 1" 2.5 153 90 300 175 1.5 1923.00 ZHFT/AT/1 361.00
HBACE-01KYB-T-S-BB-B-X 11⁄4" 3.4 204 120 397 231 4.4 2171.00 ZHFT/KC 490.00
HBACE-011CB-T-S-BB-B-X 11⁄2" 4.0 238 140 547 256 5.0 2418.00 ZHFT/1C 966.00
HBACE-012CB-T-S-BB-B-X 2" 6.8 408 240 797 256 6.0 2506.00 ZHFT/2C 1912.00

*Selection - The above filter types have BSPP connections, alternative pipe connections are available as detailed
below, please consult your Parker Filtration distributor for selection and additional costs.

Filter housing Code

Inlet/Outlet
- Highly polished crevice free stainless steel Connections

Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar g N NPT Female

Maximum operating temperature: 150°C T Tri-Clamp
A Weld Prepared
F ANSIRF 150
Filter element
- Pleated High Flow TETPOR II filter cartridge (0.01 micron)
Maximum continuous operating temperature: 60°C
Maximum steam sterilisation temperature: 142°C
Steam life: 225 cycles @ 142°C (288°F)

Flow correction factors

Line bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 0.4 0.5 0.65 0.75 0.85 0.95 1 1.15 1.25 1.40 1.50 1.6 1.75 1.90 2.00 2.15
A

B
* Dimensions are for housings
with weld prepared connections.

29 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
ES2000 Series
Oil/Water Separators

Technical data
Hose Connection ID Settlement tank Max. Pressure Min/Max Temperature Weight Kg UNIT
Model
Inlet Outlet capacity bar g psi g °C Empty Full PRICE $

ES2100/TI 1 x 1/2"- 1 x 1/4") 19mm (3/4") N/A 16 232 5 - 35 6 24.5 769.00

ES2150/TI 1 x 1/2"- 1 x 1/4") 25mm (1") 60 L 16 232 5 - 35 10 78.5 1409.00
ES2200/TI 1 x 1/2"- 1 x 1/4") 19mm (3/4") 75 L 16 232 5 - 35 12 93.5 1658.00
ES2300/TI 1 x 1/2"- 3 x 1/4") 25mm (1") 125 L 16 232 5 - 35 27 159 2430.00
ES2400/TI 1 x 1/2"- 3 x 1/4") 25mm (1") 185 L 16 232 5 - 35 36 217 2891.00
ES2500/TI 1 x 1/2"- 3 x 1/4") 25mm (1") 335 L 16 232 5 - 35 70 400 3638.00
ES2600/TI 1 x 1/2"- 3 x 1/4") 25mm (1") 485 L 16 232 5 - 35 97 550 5345.00

Product selector
All Parker Filtration condensate drains & oil/water separators are sized based upon the maximum condensate volume produced at a given set of ambient conditions.
Should the conditions differ from those shown below, please contact UK Industrial Sales for correct model selection.

Ambient Temperature at Compressor Inlet: 25°C

System Pressure: 7 bar g (102psi g)
Relative Humidity: 65%
Refrigeration Dryer Dewpoint: 2°C
Compressor Discharge Temperature: 35°C

OIL TYPE
No Refrigeration dryer
Band A Band B Band C
installed in system
Turbine, Additive Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model m3/min m3/hr cfm m3/min m3/hr cfm m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100/TI 1.2 74 43 1.0 62 36 0.9 51 30
ES2150/TI 3.5 211 124 3.0 179 106 2.4 146 86
ES2200/TI 5.4 325 191 4.6 276 162 3.7 224 132
Rotary Screw, Vane ES2300/TI 7.6 456 268 6.4 383 225 5.2 314 185
ES2400/TI 15.1 909 535 12.7 764 450 10.5 628 370
ES2500/TI 30.1 1804 1062 25.5 1530 900 20.8 1247 734
ES2600/TI 59.8 3590 2113 51.0 3057 1800 41.4 2482 1461

OIL TYPE
Refrigeration dryer
Band A Band B Band C
installed in system
Turbine, Additive Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG
Compressor Type Model m3/min m3/hr cfm m3/min m3/hr cfm m3/min m3/hr cfm
ES2100/TI 0.9 55 33 0.8 46 27 0.6 38 22
ES2150/TI 2.6 158 93 2.2 134 79 1.8 109 64
ES2200/TI 4.1 243 143 3.4 207 122 2.8 168 99
Rotary Screw, Vane ES2300/TI 5.7 341 201 4.8 286 169 3.9 235 138
ES2400/TI 11.3 680 400 9.5 572 337 7.8 470 277
ES2500/TI 22.5 1351 795 19.1 1145 674 15.6 934 549
ES2600/TI 44.8 2687 1582 38.1 2288 1347 31.0 1858 1093

IMPORTANT NOTE
The performance of the oil/water separator and the economic service life of the activated carbon is dependent upon the degree of oil dispersion and emulsification of the incoming condensate.
The frequency of activated carbon pack changes will therefore depend upon the following factors.
Compressor type and capacity, lubricant used, condensate drainage method, ambient temperature, relative humidity, pressure and condensate drainage method.
Static oil/water separators of this type will not totally separate oils that are soluble in water.

Replacement UNIT Quantity TOTAL Vent UNIT Additional UNIT

Model
Carbon Pack PRICE $ Required PRICE $ Filter PRICE $ Oil Container PRICE $

ES2100 & ES2100/TI ESMK1 291.00 1 291.00 ESVF1 31.00 N/A -

ES2150 & ES2150/TI ESMK1 291.00 1 291.00 ESVF1 31.00 OC1 102.00
ES2200 & ES2200/TI ESMK1 291.00 1 291.00 ESVF1 31.00 OC1 102.00
ES2300 & ES2300/TI ESMK2 291.00 1 291.00 ESVF2 48.00 OC2 120.00
ES2400 & ES2400/TI ESMK2 291.00 2 582.00 ESVF2 48.00 OC2 120.00
ES2500 & ES2500/TI ESMK3 590.00 1 590.00 ESVF2 48.00 OC2 120.00
ES2600 & ES2600/TI ESMK3 590.00 2 1180.00 ESVF2 48.00 OC2 120.00

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 30

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Oil / Water Separator maintenance kits

Replacement carbon bag kits for previous Parker Filtration ranges

To Suit UNIT TOTAL
Quantity Required Maintenance kits
Separator Models PRICE $ PRICE $
ES2100 & ES2100/TI UPGRADE
ES2150 & ES2150/TI
your Oil/Water Separator to a
ES2200 & ES2200/TI
ES36 1 ESMK1 291.00 291.00 Parker Filtration ES2000 Series
ES90
to assist with meeting ISO 14001
SE2010
SE2015
Call 1300 307 497 and ask for Industrial Sales and Service
for more details or email [email protected]
ES2300 & ES2300/TI
1 291.00
ES125
ES2400 & ES2400/TI ESMK2 291.00
ES250 2 582.00
SE2030/SE2030P
ES2500 & ES2500/TI
1 590.00
ES500
ESMK3 590.00
ES2600 & ES2600/TI
2 1180.00
ES1000
Each ESMK kit consists of an activated carbon bag and adsorbent pre-filter.

Alternative maintenance kits

Donaldson Ultrafilter Zander
To Suit Quantity Maintenance UNIT To Suit Quantity Maintenance UNIT
Separator Models Required kits PRICE $ Separator Models Required kits PRICE $
UF-SP7.5 1 KMU-SP7.5 226.00 ES2 1 KMZ-1002 222.00
UF-SP10 1 KMU-SP10 247.00 ES3 1 KMZ-1003 291.00
UF-SP15 1 KMU-SP15 314.00 ES4 1 KMZ-1004 291.00
UF-SP30 1 KMU-SP30 417.00 ES8 1 KMZ-1008 291.00
UF-SP60 1 KMU-SP60 782.00 ES15 1 KMZ-1015 291.00
UF-SP120 1 KMU-SP120 1431.00 ES30 1 KMZ-1030 625.00
UF-SP240 1 KMU-SP240 2862.00 ES60 1 KMZ-1060 1199.00
UFS-7.5 1 KMU-1075 210.00 WT 1 1 KMZW-1001 232.00
UFS-15 1 KMU-1015 314.00 WT 2 1 KMZW-1002 305.00
UFS-30 1 KMU-1030 404.00 WT 3 1 KMZW-1003 608.00
UFS-60 1 KMU-1060 759.00 WT 10 1 KMZW-1010 232.00
UFS-120 1 KMU-1120 1348.00 WT 20 1 KMZW-1020 426.00
UFS-240 1 KMU-1240 2862.00 WT 30 1 KMZW-1030 709.00
ESVEN 1 KMZ-VEN 278.00

Beko
To Suit Quantity Maintenance UNIT
Separator Models Required kits PRICE $
Owamat 1 1 KMB-1001 199.00
Owamat 2 1 KMB-1002 199.00
Owamat 3 1 KMB-1003 370.00
Owamat 4 1 KMB-1004 441.00
Owamat 5 1 KMB-1005 658.00
Owamat 6 1 KMB-1006 973.00
Owamat 8 1 KMB-1008 2079.00

31 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
ED3000 Series
Level sensing condensate drains

Features and Advantages

The Ecodrain ED3000 series feature:
Non-wearing magnetic-core level control for optimum and "air-loss free“ discharge of condensate.
Integrated dirt screen between level measurement and drain valve to protect the diaphragm valve with alarm monitoring.
A diaphram valve with large cross-section and condensate pilot control for extended service life.
Voltage-free alarm contact (except ED3002, ED3004)
Non-wearing magnetic- core level control: The magnetic-core level control employs xed-switching points to operate the valve. Non-contact
magnetic sensors detect the magnetic core signal transmitter position.
The collecting vessel integrated in the condensate drain is always used at optimum efficiency. This results in a minimised number of switching
cycles and thus, maximum service life of the drain valve. No calibration required!
Integrated dirt screen: The dirt screen is integrated between the level control and the drain valve. Retains any contaminants that could
damage the diaphragm valve that triggers an alarm, also if the screen is clogged by dirt.
Allows the drain to be cleaned easily and rapidly:

Frequency Volt Free Connections Operating Pressures Operating Temp Unit

Model Voltage AC
Hz Contacts Inlet Outlet Max Min Max Min Price $
ED 3002 230V 50/60 optional 1 x G 3/8 G 1/8 16 bar g 4 bar g 66ºC 2ºC 305.00
ED 3004 230V 50/60 optional 1 x G 1/2 G 1/8 16 bar g 4 bar g 66ºC 2ºC 329.00
ED 3007 230V 50/60 yes 2 x G 1/2 G 1/8 16 bar g 4 bar g 66ºC 2ºC 548.00
ED 3030 230V 50/60 yes 2 x G 1/2 G 1/8 16 bar g 4 bar g 66ºC 2ºC 768.00
ED 3100 230V 50/60 yes 2 x G 1/2 G 1/8 16 bar g 4 bar g 66ºC 2ºC 877.00
ED3002 for use with filters only

1. For simple connection to domnick hunter products, please use adaptor kits.
2. Models shown above have BSP connections, NPT connections also available.
3. A strainer is recommended for condensate contaminated with particulate

Technical Data

All domnick hunter condensate drains & oil / water separators are sized based upon the maximum condensate volume produced at a given set of ambient conditions.
Should the conditions differ from those shown below, please contact domnick hunter Technical Sales Department for correct model selection.

Ambient Temperature at compressor inlet: 25°C (77°F)

Relative humidity at compressor inlet: 60%
Compressor discharge temperature: 35°C (95°F)
System pressure: 7 bar g (100 psi g)
Refrigerant dryer dewpoint: 3°c

Compressor / Air Receiver Flow Rates Refrigeration Dryer Flow Rates

Model Nm³/min Nm³/hr scfm Model Nm³/min Nm³/hr scfm
ED 3002 N/A N/A N/A ED 3002 N/A N/A N/A
ED 3004 4 240 142 ED 3004 8 480 283
ED 3007 7 420 248 ED 3007 14 840 495
ED 3030 30 1800 1059 ED 3030 60 3600 2118
ED 3100 100 6000 3530 ED 3100 200 12000 7059
ED3002 for use with filters only

ED3000 Adaptor Kits Unit

Kit For Drain Price $
MK M14-G38i ED3002 112.00
MK M14-G12 ED3004-ED3100 134.00

Unit
Maitenance Kit ED3000 Series
Price $
SK ED3000 111.00

OIL-X EVOLUTION Filter and WS Water Separator Selection

ED3002 suitable for OIL-X EVOLUTION models 010ABFX – 060KBFX and WS models
WS010-030.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 32

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
HIROSS Aftercoolers
Cooling compressed air

"THE HEART OF A COMPRESSED AIR NETWORK."

When contemplating a quality Compressed Air Treatment system, the after cooler is often overlooked. Which is a surprise, as typically
the after cooler removes over 80% of the condensate within the system. Being installed straight after the Air Compressor, the after cooler
is subjected to significantly higher levels of moisture than other components downstream. Furthermore, as they are installed before any
filtration stages after coolers are subjected to extreme operating conditions, which must be overcome to ensure optimum operation. An
undersized or incorrectly operating after cooler will compromise the whole compressed air station: the consequences are increased
maintenance; higher operating costs and damaged finished goods. Furthermore, a generously dimensioned after cooler allows the
installation of smaller Refrigeration and Adsorption Dryers, offering savings in capital investment and energy consumption.

AIR FLOW Max Press DIMENSIONS (mm)

MODEL Air CONN. WEIGHT (KG)
m³/min cfm. (bar g) A B C D E F
AIR COOLED MODELS COOLER ONLY

ANS000 0.6 21 3/4 16 360 794 216 457 522 476 7.5 P.O.A.
ANS are single-phase models and ANT are 3- phase models.

ANS001 AASY 1.2 42 3/4 16 430 895 277 545 522 476 11 1272.00
ANS003 ASSY 2.5 88 1 1/2 16 550 1140 403 715 657 567 22 2084.00
ANS 004 ASSY 3.5 124 1 1/2 16 550 1140 403 715 657 567 28 2220.00
ANT006 ASSY 6 212 1 1/2 16 610 1336 453 775 753 663 30 3595.00
ANT009 9 318 2 16 702 1361 445 908 751 694 41 P.O.A.
ANT014 14 494 2" 16 890 1523 500 1075 815 756 75 P.O.A.
ANT018 18 636 DN 80 12 1114 1857 560 1516 892 892 85 P.O.A.
ANT028 28 989 DN 100 12 1418 1807 560 1820 892 892 134 P.O.A.
ANT036 36 1271 DN 100 12 1518 2075 580 1980 960 960 190 P.O.A.
ANT040 40 1412 DN 150 9 1424 1983 1013 1980 1780 1080 323 P.O.A.
ANT048 48 1695 DN 150 9 1550 1983 1013 3102 1730 1130 478 P.O.A.
ANT064 64 2260 DN 200 9 1550 1983 1040 3122 1730 1130 494 P.O.A.
ANT075 75 2649 DN 200 9 2550 1983 1040 3122 1730 1130 514 P.O.A.

Air-cooled models
Hot compressed air passes through the after cooler tubes. Ambient cooling air is forced across
these tubes by the fan, with fins on the tubes increasing the cooling efficiency. The air is cooled to a
temperature, which can be as little as 5°C above the ambient temperature. As the compressed air
cools, so liquid condensate is created; an optional centrifugal separator installed at the after cooler
outlet efficiently removes this.
Water-cooled models
Hot compressed air passes through the after cooler tubes. Cooling water passes around the tubes
in counter flow, the internal baffles forcing it to make several passes for increased efficiency. The
air is cooled to a temperature, which can be as little as 5°C above the cooling water inlet
temperature. As the compressed air cools, so liquid condensate is created; an optional centrifugal
separator installed at the after cooler outlet efficiently removes this.

AIR FLOW CONNECTIONS Max Press AIR FLOW CONNECTIONS Max Press
MODEL MODEL
m³/min cfm. AIR WATER (bar g) m³/min cfm. AIR WATER (bar g)
WATER-COOLED MODELS WITH REMOVABLE TUBE-BUNDLE WATER-COOLED MODELS WITH FIXED TUBE-BUNDLE
WRN003 3 106 1 1/2" 1/2" 16 WFN002 1.2 42 3/4" 3/8" 16
WRN007 7 247 1 1/2" 1/2" 16 WFN004 3.5 124 1 1/2" 1/2" 16
WRN011 11 388 2" 3/4" 16 WFN007 6.5 230 1 1/2" 3/4" 16
PRICE ON APPLICATION

WRN016 16 565 2" 3/4" 16 WFN009 9 318 2" 3/4" 16

WRN022 22 77 DN 100 1" 12 WFN013 13 459 2" 3/4" 16
WRN028 28 989 DN 100 1" 12 WFN018 18 636 DN 80 1" 12
WRN038 38 1342 DN 125 1 1/4" 12 WFN027 27 953 DN 100 1 1/4" 12
WRN050 50 1766 DN 125 1 1/4" 12 WFN036 36 1271 DN 100 1 1/4" 12
WRN060 60 2119 DN 150 1 1/4" 12 WFN050 50 1766 DN 125 1 1/4" 12
WRN090 90 3178 DN 200 1 1/4" 12 WFN060 60 2119 DN 150 1 1/4" 12
WRN130 130 4591 DN 250 1 1/2" 10 WFN090 90 3178 DN 200 1 1/4" 12
WRN170 170 6003 DN 300 2" 10
WRN200 200 7063 DN 350 2" 10

Performances refer to models with standard materials operating with clean Cooler conditions with air at FAD 20ºC/1 bar A, and at the following working conditions: air suction 25°C/60%RH, 7 bar g working
pressure, 120°C compressed air inlet temperature, temperature approach between air outlet and water (water-cooled models) or cooling air (air-cooled models) inlet of ca. 10°C. Performance for models with non-
standard materials may differ from those above. Power supply for air-cooled models: ANS are single-phase, ANT are 3-phase. For models with matching separator, air outlet may differ from above.

33 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
SPL Refrigeration dryers
0.2 - 6.0 m3/min (7 - 212 cfm) ISO 7183 50Hz

* Flow capacities in accordance with ISO8573, air suction of

Technical data FAD 20°C, 1 bar (14.5psi) at the following operating conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature 50°C Ambient temperature: 25°C
Maximum inlet temperature 65°C Inlet temperature: 35°C Relative humidity 60%
Minimum ambient temperature 5°C Working pressure: 7bar g (102psi g),
Maximum pressure 16 bar g Dewpoint: 3°C
Electrical supply 230V 1ph 50hz
Refrigerant: R134a

Nominal Flow 3°C Dewpoint Nominal Absorbed Power UNIT

Model Pipe Size
3
m /min 3
m /hr cfm kW hp PRICE $
1
SPL004 /2" BSP 0.4 24 14 0.13 0.17 1316.00
1
SPL006 /2" BSP 0.6 36 21 0.17 0.23 1397.00
1
SPL009 /2" BSP 0.9 54 32 0.25 0.34 1652.00
1
SPL012 /2" BSP 1.2 72 43 0.25 0.34 1947.00
SPL018 3
/4" BSP 1.8 108 64 0.49 0.66 2359.00
SPL024 3
/4" BSP 2.4 144 85 0.57 0.76 2817.00
SPL030 3
/4" BSP 3 180 106 0.78 1.05 3203.00
SPL040 11/2" BSP 4 240 141 0.71 0.95 4019.00
SPL050 11/2" BSP 5 300 177 0.85 1.14 4726.00
SPL060 11/2" BSP 6 360 212 1.05 1.41 5403.00

Weights and dimensions

Dimensions mm Weight Recommended Filtration
Model General Purpose
A B C Kg UNIT PRICE $ High Efficiency
UNIT PRICE $
Pre-Filter Outlet Filter
SPL004 210 430 450 19 AO010CBFX 387.00 AA010CBFX 387.00
SPL006 210 430 450 19 AO010CBFX 387.00 AA010CBFX 387.00
SPL009 210 505 500 23.5 AO015CBFX 482.00 AA015CBFX 482.00
SPL012 210 505 500 23.5 AO015CBFX 482.00 AA015CBFX 482.00
SPL018 225 565 520 26.5 AO020DBFX 536.00 AA020DBFX 536.00
SPL024 225 565 520 31 AO025DBFX 911.00 AA025DBFX 911.00
SPL030 225 565 520 35 AO025DBFX 911.00 AA025DBFX 911.00
SPL040 425 600 555 52 AO030GBFX 1020.00 AA030GBFX 1020.00
SPL050 425 600 555 58 AO030GBFX 1020.00 AA030GBFX 1020.00
SPL060 425 600 555 60 AO030GBFX 1020.00 AA030GBFX 1020.00

Flow correction factors

Capacity correction factors to be used when operating conditions differ from those shown above.
To obtain dryer capacity at new conditions multiply nominal capacity* x C1 x C2 x C3 x C4
A C
Ambient Temperature (C1) Inlet Temperature (C2)

°C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 °C 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Correction Factor 1.05 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.81 0.75 0.68 Correction Factor 1.22 1.00 0.83 0.69 0.58 0.49 0.46 0.43

Inlet Pressure (C3) Dewpoint (C4)

Pressure bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 °C 3 5 7 10
Pressure psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor 0.73 0.83 0.90 0.95 1.00 1.03 1.07 1.09 1.12 1.13 1.15 1.17 1.18 1.19 Correction Factor 1.00 1.12 1.24 1.46

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 34

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PST Refrigeration dryers
4 - 180 m3/min (141 - 7688 cfm)

Product Selection & Technical Data

Nominal Absorbed Power
Nominal Flow 3°C Dewpoint Electrical Supply 50Hz at 3°C Dewpoint UNIT
Model Pipe Size
m3/min m3/hr cfm 230V / 1ph 400V / 3ph + N kW hp
PRICE $
PST075 11/2" 7.6 455 265 • 1.08 1.45 8054.00
PST095 11/2" 9.5 570 335 • 1.39 1.86 9714.00
PST120 2" 12 720 424 • 1.41 1.89 12316.00
PST140 2" 14 840 494 • 1.38 1.85 13537.00
PST180 2" 18 1080 636 • 1.78 2.39 18061.00
PST220 21/2" 22 1320 777 • 1.60 2.15 20725.00
PST260 21/2" 26 1560 918 • 2.30 3.08 22807.00
PST300 21/2" 30 1810 1065 • 2.90 3.89 24951.00
PST350 21/2" 35 2100 1236 • 3.59 4.81 27384.00
PST460 DN100 46 2760 1624 • 3.54 4.75 32699.00
PST520 DN100 52 3120 1836 • 4.31 5.78 37253.00
PST630 DN100 63 3780 2225 • 5.24 7.03 41870.00
PST750 DN150 75 4500 2649 • 6.94 9.31 45459.00
PST900 DN150 90 5400 3178 • 11.13 14.93 51975.00
PST1200 DN150 120 7200 4238 • 11.02 14.78 62207.00
PST1500 DN200 150 9000 5297 • 15.32 20.54 81347.00
CRD1800 DN200 180 10800 6357 • 18.67 25.04 97133.00

Performance refers to air cooled models with air suction of FAD 20°C/1 bar A, and the following operating conditions; air suction 25°C/60% RH, 7 barg (102 psig) working pressure,
pressure dewpoint as shown above, 25°C (°F) cooling air temperature, 35°C

Weights and dimensions

Dimensions mm Weight Recommended Filtration
Model
A B C Kg General Purpose UNIT PRICE $ High Efficiency UNIT PRICE $
PST075 703 945 562 83 A0035GBFX 588.00 AA035GBFX 1548.00
PST095 703 945 562 83 A0035GBFX 588.00 AA035GBFX 1548.00
PST120 706 1064 1046 145 A0040HBFX 878.00 AA040HBFX 1982.00
PST140 706 1064 1046 145 A0045HBFX 1034.00 AA045HBFX 2721.00
PST180 706 1064 1046 155 A0045HBFX 1034.00 AA045HBFX 2721.00
PST220 806 1316 1166 230 A0050IBFX 1265.00 AA050IBFX 3330.00
PST260 806 1316 1166 240 A0050IBFX 1265.00 AA050IBFX 3330.00
PST300 806 1316 1166 245 A0055IBFX 1442.00 AA055IBFX 3796.00
PST350 806 1316 1166 250 A0055IBFX 1442.00 AA055IBFX 3796.00
PST460 1007 1690 1245 470 A0250ODFX* 3192.00 AA250ODFX* P.O.A.
PST520 1007 1690 1245 490 A0250ODFX* 3192.00 AA250ODFX* P.O.A.
PST630 1007 1722 1657 580 A0300ODFX* 3786.00 AA300ODFX* P.O.A.
PST750 1007 1722 1657 670 A0350PDFX 4501.00 AA350PDFX P.O.A.
PST900 1007 1722 1657 690 A0350PDFX 4501.00 AA350PDFX P.O.A.
PST1200 1007 2048 1657 830 A0350PDFX 4501.00 AA350PDFX P.O.A.
PST1500 1007 2208 2257 1100 A0400QDFX 8054.00 AA400QDFX P.O.A.
PST1800 1007 2208 2257 1190 A0400QDFX 8054.00 AA400QDFX P.O.A.

Recommended filtration has been selected based upon the nominal flow rates associated with 3°C (37°F) dewpoint. * Cast aluminium filters also available.

Flow correction factors

Capacity correction factors to be used when operating conditions differ from those shown above.
To obtain dryer capacity at new conditions multiply nominal capacity* x C1 x C2 x C3 x C4 C
A
Ambient Temperature (C1) Inlet Temperature (C2)

°C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 °C 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Correction Factor 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.76 0.70 Correction Factor 1.21 1.00 0.84 0.70 0.59 0.49 0.41

Inlet Pressure (C3) Dewpoint (C4)

Pressure bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 °C 3 5 7
Pressure psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174
Correction Factor 0.74 0.83 0.90 0.96 1.00 1.03 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 Correction Factor 1.00 1.1 1.21

To obtain the required air flow, multiply the dryer nominal flow by the above correction factors i.e. Air flow x A x B x C x D.
Maximum operating pressure 12 bar g.

35 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PNEUDRI MiDAS
Point of use desiccant dryers
(5.1 m3/h to 34 m3/h)

Technical data
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g
Maximum operating pressure: 12 bar g (175 psi g)
Maximum inlet temperature: 50°C
Minimum operating temperature: 2°C
Pressure dewpoint: Nominal -40°C
Optional -70°C

*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Pipe Size Nominal Inlet Flow Rates* @ 7 bar g (102 psi g) Dimension A Weight UNIT
Model Inlet / Outlet
3
m /min m3/hr cfm mm kg PRICE $
BSPP
DAS1 G3/8 0.09 5.1 3 422 11 2276.00
DAS2 G3/8 0.14 8.5 5 500 13 2456.00
DAS3 G3/8 0.23 13.6 8 616 16 2698.00
DAS4 G3/8 0.28 17.0 10 692 18 2895.00
DAS5 G3/8 0.37 22.1 13 847 20 3020.00
DAS6 G3/8 0.43 25.5 15 906 23 3311.00
DAS7 G3/8 0.57 34.0 20 1098 28 3845.00

Flow correction factors

Minimum drying capacity = inlet flow requirement x correction factor

Minimum Inlet Pressure Maximum Inlet Temperature °C

bar g psi g 35 40 45 50
A
4 58 1.59 1.64 1.82 2.17
5 73 1.33 1.37 1.52 1.82
6 87 1.14 1.18 1.30 1.56
7 100 1.00 1.03 1.14 1.37
8 116 1.03 1.06 1.18 1.41
9 135 0.93 0.95 1.05 1.27 289 149
10 145 0.85 0.88 0.96 1.16
11 160 0.78 0.80 0.88 1.06 (11.4”) (5.9”)
12 175 0.71 0.74 0.81 0.98

Maintenance kits Accessories

Model Maintenance Kit UNIT PRICE $ Description Kit UNIT PRICE $
DAS 1 DASMK1 656.00 Fixed Wall Mounting Bracket DASMB1 319.00
DAS 2 DASMK2 687.00 45° Tilt Wall Mounting Bracket DASMB2 531.00
DAS 3 DASMK3 754.00 Purge Economy Gland Kit 608203185 64.00
DAS 4 DASMK4 887.00 Volt Free Relay Kit 608203186 139.00
DAS 5 DASMK5 936.00
DAS 6 DASMK6 1017.00
DAS 7 DASMK7 1173.00

NOTES
1. It is recommended that an AO pre-filter should be used in addition to the Integral Grade AA filter.
2. If odour removal is required, use a Grade ACS filter downstream.
3. Electric unit is suitable for 230/1/50.
4. DAS models supplied electronic as standard.
5. For hazardous areas, fully pneumatic mini and midi dryers are available.
6. Remote condensate discharge kit available.
7. Remote indication kit available.
8. Purge economy as standard on dryers drilling Kit 60820 3185.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 36

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PNEUDRI MIDIplus ENER
MANAG GY
EM
SYST ENT
Compressed air desiccant dryers AVAILABEMS
L
REQUESE ON
(41 m3/h to 299 m3/h) T

Technical data
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g (58 psi g)
Maximum operating pressure: DME 012-040 MIDIplus Dryers 16 bar g (232 psi g) PNEUMATIC OPTION
DME 050-080 MIDIplus Dryers 13 bar g (189 psi g)
Minimum inlet temperature: 2°C
If you require an approved fully
Maximum inlet temperature: 50°C
PNEUMATIC dryer, please contact
Pressure dewpoint: Nominal -40°C Parker Filtration for details
Optional -70°C

*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Pipe Size Nominal Inlet Flow Rates* @ 7 bar g (102 psi g) WITH DDS
Maximum Dimension A Weight DME UNIT
Model Inlet / Outlet PRICE $
UNIT
Inlet Temp 3
m /min 3
m /hr cfm mm kg PRICE $
BSPP
DME012 G3/4 Upto 35°C 0.68 41 24 837 32 3930.00 6330.00
DME015 G3/4 Upto 35°C 0.91 54 32 1003 37 4040.00 6501.00
DME020 G3/4 Upto 35°C 1.19 71 42 1168 42 4572.00 7030.00
DME025 G3/4 Upto 35°C 1.5 90 53 1333 47 4942.00 7399.00
DME030 G3/4 Upto 35°C 1.84 110.5 65 1499 52 5978.00 8439.00
DME040 G3/4 Upto 35°C 2.49 149.5 88 1747 60 7106.00 9564.00
DME050 G1 Upto 35°C 3.0 180 106 1433 80 8420.00 10994.00
DME060 G1 Upto 35°C 3.68 221 130 1599 90 10230.00 12798.00
DME080 G1 Upto 35°C 4.98 299 176 1847 104 10846.00 13414.00

FAULT RELAY KIT 60820 3200 $105.00

DME050
Recommended filtration to DME080
General High DME012
For Dryer Filter UNIT UNIT Outlet UNIT to DME040
Purpose Efficiency
Model Pipe Size PRICE $ PRICE $ Dust Filter PRICE $
Pre-filter Inlet Filter
DME012 /”
3 4 AO020DBFX 536.00 AA020DBFX 536.00 AR020DBMX 536.00
DME015 /”
3 4 AO020DBFX 536.00 AA020DBFX 536.00 AR020DBMX 536.00
DME020 3/4” AO020DBFX 536.00 AA020DBFX 536.00 AR020DBMX 536.00
DME025 3/4” AO020DBFX 536.00 AA020DBFX 536.00 AR020DBMX 536.00
DME030 3/4” AO020DBFX 536.00 AA020DBFX 536.00 AR020DBMX 536.00
DME040 3/4” AO025DBFX 911.00 AA025DBFX 911.00 AR025DBMX 911.00
DME050 1” AO025EBFX 911.00 AA025EBFX 911.00 AR025EBMX 911.00
DME060 1” AO030EBFX 1020.00 AA030EBFX 1020.00 AR030EBMX 1020.00
DME080 1” AO030EBFX 1020.00 AA030EBFX 1020.00 AR030EBMX 1020.00

Flow correction factors

Temperature correction factor CFT
To correctly select a dryer model, the flow rate, maximum temperature and
Max. ºC 25 30 35 40 45 50 minimum pressure at the dryer inlet, along with the required outlet dewpoint
Inlet must be known.
Temp CFT 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.03 1.14 1.37
1. Select correction factor for maximum inlet temperature from the CFT table

2. Select correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFP table
Pressure correction factor CFP 3. Select correction factor for required outlet dewpoint from the CFD table
bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Min 4. Calculate minimum drying capacity required using the calculation below
Inlet psi g 58 73 87 102 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Minimum Drying Capacity = Inlet Flow x CFT x CFP x CFD
Pressure
CFP 1.60 1.34 1.15 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.54 0.5 0.47 5. Using the minimum drying capacity, select a dryer model from the flow
rate tables above (dryer selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater
than the minimum drying capacity)
Dewpoint correction factor CFD If the minimum drying capacity exceeds the maximum values of the
Required PDP -20 -40 -70 models shown within the tables, please contact Parker Filtration for
Dewpoint advice regarding larger multi banked dryers.
ºC CFD 0.91 1.00 1.43

NOTES 5. Electric unit is suitable for 230/1/50.

1. It is recommended that an AO pre-filter should be used in addition to a Grade AA filter. 6. DME models supplied electronic as standard.
2. Prices exclude inlet and outlet filters. 7. For hazardous areas, fully pneumatic mini and midi dryers are available.
3. Grade AAR, high-efficiency dust filters are now available (0.01 micron). 8. DME012-040 - Wall mounting brackets available. Part No. 60 820 1637.
4. If Parker Filtration OIL-X EVOLUTION filters are not used for protection of the dryer, warranty may be invalid. 9. DME012-040 - Remote discharge piping available.

37 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PNEUDRI MX Heatless ENER
MANAG GY
EM
SYST ENT
Compressed air desiccant dryers (from 408 m3/h) AVAILABEMS
L
REQUESE ON
T

Technical data ATEX OPTION

Maximum operating pressure 13 barg (190 psi g) If you require ATEX approved, fully
Minimum operating pressure 4 barg (58 psi g) pneumatic dryers, please contact
Maximum inlet temperature 50ºC
Parker Filtration for further details.
Minimum inlet temperature 2ºC
Noise level <75 dB(A)
MX (voltage) 85 - 265V ac 50/60Hz PNEUMATIC OPTION
If you require an approved fully
PNEUMATIC dryer, please contact
Parker Filtration for details
*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Pipe Flowrate @ 7 barg (102 psig)* Dimensions mm Weight

Model UNIT PRICE $
Size m3/min m3/hr cfm A B C D kg

MX102c 2” 6.8 408 240 696 326 550 1647 235

PRICE AND DELIVERY ON APPLICATION

MX103c 2” 10.25 612 360 865 495 550 1647 316

MX103 2” 12.75 765 450 865 495 550 1892 355

MX104 2” 17.0 1020 600 1034 664 550 1892 450

MX105 21/2” 21.25 1275 750 1203 833 550 1892 543

MX106 21/2” 25.5 1530 900 1372 1002 550 1892 637

MX107 21/2” 29.75 1785 1050 1541 1171 550 1892 731

MX108 21/2” 34.00 2040 1200 1710 1340 550 1892 825

Recommended filtration
For Dryer Filter General Purpose High Efficiency Inlet Outlet A
Model Pipe Size Pre-filter Filter Dust Filter

MX102C 2” AO040HBFX AA040HBFX AR040HBMX

MX103C 2” AO040HBFX AA040HBFX AR040HBMX
MX103 2” AO045HBFX AA045HBFX AR045HBMX
MX104 2” AO045HBFX AA045HBFX AR045HBMX
MX105 21/2” AO050IBFX AA050IBFX AR050IBMX
MX106 21/2” AO055IBFX AA055IBFX AR055IBMX
MX107 21/2” AO055IBFX AA055IBFX AR055IBMX
MX108 21/2” AO055IBFX AA055IBFX AR055IBMX

B
C

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 38

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PNEUDRI MX Heatless
Compressed air desiccant dryers

Product selection

CLEAN
DRY AIR

AR
WS OIL-X EVOLUTION
WATER FILTER GRADE
SEPARATOR
AO AA
OIL-X EVOLUTION
FILTER GRADES
COMPRESSOR RECEIVER

Correction factors
Temperature correction factor CFT
To correctly select a dryer model, the flow rate, maximum temperature and minimum
ºC 25 30 35 40 45 50
Max. pressure at the dryer inlet, along with the required outlet dewpoint must be know.
Inlet ºF 77 86 95 104 113 122
Temp
CFT 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.03 1.14 1.37 1. Select correction factor for maximum inlet temperature from the CFT table

2. Select correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFP table
Pressure correction factor CFP
3. Select correction factor for required outlet dewpoint from the CFD table
bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Min 4. Calculate minimum drying capacity required using the calculation below
Inlet psi g 58 73 87 102 116 131 145 160 174 189
Pressure Minimum Drying Capacity = Inlet Flow x CFT x CFP x CFD
CFP 1.59 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.72 0.67 0.61 0.57
5. Using the minimum drying capacity, select a dryer model from the flow rate
tables above (dryer selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
Dewpoint correction factor CFD minimum drying capacity)

If the minimum drying capacity exceeds the maximum values of the models
Required PDP -20 (-4) -40 (-40) -70 (-100) shown within the tables, please contact Parker Filtration for advice regarding
Dewpoint
CFD 0.91 1.00 1.43 larger multi banked dryers.
ºC (ºF)

Electronic controllers
Dryer control systems
PNEUDRI offers two electronic control options for dryer control.

PNEUDRI SMART
The SMART controller provides system status display, service indication and is now
available with the optional Dewpoint Dependant Switching (DDS) Energy Management
System, incorporating dewpoint display.

PNEUDRI ADVANCED
The advanced controller provides a full system status display, including dewpoint,
temperature and pressure. The DDS Energy Management System is included as
standard, ensuring cost effective operation and optimum system performance. This
unique, microprocessor controlled system, can be custom configured to monitor
individual plant requirements. System warnings and fault alarms can be configured to
react in the way that best suits your factory processes. Not only can alarms be indicated
remotely, the system can be configured to by-pass or even shut down your air supply in
the event that air quality falls outside of the required specification.

39 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PNEUDRI Maxi heat regenerative ENER
MANAG GY
EM
SYST ENT
Compressed air desiccant dryers (from 238 m3/h) AVAILABEMS
L
REQUESE ON
T

Technical data Model

Full load Power Consumption
Maximum operating pressure 10.5 barg (154 psi g) Amps kW H Average

Minimum operating pressure 4 barg (58 psi g) DH102 7.2 1.1

Maximum inlet temperature 50ºC DH104 14.4 2.2
Minimum inlet temperature 2ºC DH106 21.6 3.3
Noise level <75 dB(A) DH108 28.8 4.4
Voltage 415V/3ph + Neutral / 50-60Hz DH110 36.0 5.5
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Maxi Heat Regenerative models)
Based on 3 phase, 415Vac and neutral, constant supply.

IMPORTANT:
Please consider voltage drop when sizing electrical
supply cables.
Voltage at the dryer must be between +5% to -10%.

*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Nominal Flow Rates*

Pipe Dimensions in mm Weight UNIT
Model @ 7 bar g (102 psi g)
Size Kg PRICE $
m3/min m3/hr cfm A B C D

DH102 2" 3.96 238 140 717 264 321 1578 150

PRICE AND DELIVERY

ON APPLICATION
DH104 2" 7.92 476 280 947 494 321 1578 245

DH106 21/2" 11.89 714 420 1177 724 321 1578 325

DH108 21/2" 15.85 951 560 1407 954 321 1578 440

DH110 2 /2"
1
19.81 1189 700 1637 1184 321 1578 565

Recommended filtration
For Dryer Filter General Purpose High Efficiency Outlet
Model Pipe Size Pre-filter Inlet Filter Dust Filter D

DH102 2” AO040HBFX AA040HBFX AR040HBMX

DH104 2” AO040HBFX AA040HBFX AR040HBMX
DH106 21/2” AO050IBFX AA050IBFX AR050IBMX
DH108 21/2” AO050IBFX AA050IBFX AR050IBMX
B
DH110 21/2” AO050IBFX AA050IBFX AR050IBMX A
C

MAXI MULTIPLE BANKS

PNEUDRI’s unique modular construction allows for higher

flow rates to be catered for simply by using additional banks
joined side by side.

Dryer sizing shown at 35°C inlet temperature having

a 7 bar g (102 psi g) inlet pressure.

See correction factors on page 38 for other temperatures

and pressures.

PNEUDRI H/REGEN OPTIONS PRODUCT

FOR SYSTEM FLOW RATES IN EXCESS FOR CRITICAL APPLICATIONS PNEUDRI
PNEUDRI electronic with Dewpoint Switching DHE(Model)/DS
OF THOSE SHOWN IN TABLES, PLEASE CAN BE SPECIFIED WITH STAINLESS STEEL
PNEUDRI electronic without Dewpoint Switching DHE(Model) CONTACT UK INDUSTRIAL SALES HIGH FLOW TETPOR OUTLET FILTER(S)
PNEUDRI SMART with Dewpoint Switching DHS(Model)/DS

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 40

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
PNEUDRI Maxi heat regenerative
Compressed air desiccant dryers

Product selection

WS
WATER
SEPARATOR

AR
OIL-X
EVOLUTION
AO AA FILTER
OIL-X EVOLUTION GRADE
FILTER GRADES

COMPRESSOR RECEIVER

Correction factors
Temperature correction factor CFT
To correctly select a dryer model, the flow rate, maximum temperature and minimum
Max. ºC 25 30 35 40 45 50 pressure at the dryer inlet, along with the required outlet dewpoint must be know.
Inlet
CFT 0.91 1.00 1.00 1.32 1.73 2.23 1. Select correction factor for maximum inlet temperature from the CFT table
Temp
2. Select correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFP table

3. Select correction factor for required outlet dewpoint from the CFD table
Pressure correction factor CFP
bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4. Calculate minimum drying capacity required using the calculation below
Min
Inlet psi g 58 73 87 102 116 131 145 160 174 189 Minimum Drying Capacity = Inlet Flow x CFT x CFP x CFD
Pressure 5. Using the minimum drying capacity, select a dryer model from the flow rate
CFP 1.60 1.34 1.15 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.58
tables above (dryer selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum drying capacity)
Dewpoint correction factor CFD
If the minimum drying capacity exceeds the maximum values of the models
shown within the tables, please contact Parker Filtration for advice regarding
Required PDP -40 -70 larger multi banked dryers.
Dewpoint
ºC CFD 1.00 1.43

Energy Savings - PNEUDRI MX Heatless and PNEUDRI DH Heat Regenerative

The energy consumed by PNEUDRI is based upon the assumption that the desiccant bed requiring regeneration has been fully utilised. In practice, a
dryer is rarely operating to 100% of it's capacity 100% of the time and at the end of the drying / regenerating cycle when the air flow is about to switch
from the drying chamber to the regenerated chamber, there is probably drying capacity remaining in the desiccant bed about to undergo regeneration.
As the energy used to regenerate the off-line column is based upon the assumption the bed is fully saturated, more energy is consumed than is actually
necessary.

Dewpoint Dependant Switching (DDS) Energy Management System

At the point of column changeover, both sides of the dryer are at full line pressure, the exhaust valves are closed, no purge air is consumed and the energy
consumption is zero. A PNEUDRI dryer fitted with the DDS energy management system will monitor the quality of the air leaving the dryer and will stop
the changeover if the dewpoint of the air is drier than required. The partially saturated bed continues to dry the incoming compressed air and the DDS
system continues to monitor the air leaving the dryer. Only when the air has become wetter than the user set dewpoint will the dryer change over. The
cycle will then continue until the next column changeover when the DDS may again extend the drying period as dictated by the outlet air quality. The DDS
system will ensure the energy consumed is directly proportional to the amount of water vapour present and not the dryers rated capacity.

41 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
DTX heatless
Compressed air desiccant dryers

Technical data
Flow Range @ 7 bar g: 145m3/h to 6100m3/h
Dewpoint: -20°C Optional, -40°C Standard
-70°C Optional
Maximum operating pressure: DTX 3-36 16 bar g (232 psi g)
DTX 42-84 10 bar g (145 psi g)
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g (58 psi g)
Maximum inlet temperature: 50°C
Minimum inlet temperature: 5°C
Controls: Electronic or Pneumatic
Dewpoint control optional
Standard electrical supply: 230V/1Ph/50Hz - 60Hz

Flowrate* @ 7 barg
Air (102 psi g) Dimensions in mm Weight UNIT
Model
Connections m3/min m3/hr cfm A B C Kg PRICE $

DTX 15 G1 2.42 145 85 670 1690 515 143

DTX 20 G1 3.33 200 118 670 1710 530 178

PRICE AND DELIVERY ON APPLICATION

DTX 25 G1 4.25 255 150 710 1770 535 218
DTX 35 G11/2 5.83 350 206 841 1790 570 252
B
DTX 45 G11/2 7.00 420 247 841 1815 570 286
DTX 60 G11/2 10.33 620 365 841 1845 590 375
DTX 75 G2 12.50 750 441 1010 1980 610 430
DTX 95 G2 15.67 940 553 1010 2000 630 505
DTX 120 DN50 20.00 1200 706 1060 2080 840 640
DTX 150 DN65 25.83 1550 912 1270 2120 900 830
DTX 200 DN65 33.33 2000 1177 1350 2160 990 955
DTX 250 DN80 41.67 2500 1471 1530 2210 1040 1075
DTX 300 DN80 50.00 3000 1766 1600 2255 1100 1500
DTX 380 DN100 60.00 3800 2119 1875 2385 1200 1990 C

DTX 500 DN100 80.83 4850 2855 1925 2660 1250 2410
DTX 600 DN125 101.67 6100 3590 2160 2820 1565 2850
*Referenced to 20°C and 1 bar a (14.5 psi a)

Correct dryer selection

1. Select your correction factor for minimum pressure (CFP) to inlet of dryer
(Allow for system pressure losses when determining minimum operating pressure).

Minimum Pressure bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

to inlet of Dryer psi g 58 73 87 102 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Correction Factor (CFP) 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.0 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.5 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.13

2. Select your correction factor for maximum temperature (CFT) to inlet of dryer.

Maximum Temp.
to inlet of Dryer °C 25 35 40 45

Heatless DTX Dryers (CFT) 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.62

3. Calculate dryer capacity required following the equation below.

A
Inlet flow requirement = Dryer capacity requirements
CFP x CFT

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 42

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
DTV Zero purge
Vacuum heat regenerated dryers

Technical data
Flow range @ 7 bar g (102 psi g): 420m3/hr to 14500m3/hr
Dewpoint: -40°C Nominal, -20°C Optional,
-70°C Optional
Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar g (145 psi g) 16 bar g (232 psi g) optional
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g (58 psi g)
Maximum inlet temperature: 40°C
Minimum inlet temperature: 5°C
Controls: Microprocessor or PLC
Dewpoint control optional
Standard electrical supply: 400V/3Ph/50Hz ± 5%

Flowrate* @ 7 barg
Air inlet temp. 35°C Dimensions in mm Average Power kW/h @ Dewpoint
UNIT
Model Kg
Connections 3
m /min 3
m /hr cfm A B C -25°C -40°C PRICE $

DTV 19 DN 40 7.0 420 247 1215 1955 992 460 3.1 3.4
DTV 22 DN 40 8.5 510 300 1215 2205 992 560 3.8 4.1
DTV 28 DN 50 10.7 640 377 1305 2250 1085 750 5.2 5.5
DTV 34 DN 50 14.2 850 500 1360 2275 1120 800 6.7 7.2

PRICE AND DELIVERY ON APPLICATION

DTV 43 DN 80 19.7 1180 695 1560 2665 1265 1154 10.9 11.8
DTV 47 DN 80 25.0 1500 883 1610 2680 1265 1350 12.8 13.0
DTV 55 DN 80 33.0 1980 1165 1700 2730 1585 1720 16.3 17.5
DTV 59 DN 100 39.2 2350 1383 2020 2845 1450 1880 18.1 19.5
DTV 65 DN 100 48.8 2930 1725 2080 2870 1580 2350 22.5 24.2
DTV 70 DN 100 59.2 3550 2089 2170 2940 1740 2850 27.9 29.3
DTV 73 DN 150 68.3 4100 2413 2450 3190 1780 4000 32.5 34.2
DTV 79 DN 150 79.0 4740 2790 2550 3210 2110 4100 38.9 40.2
DTV 82 DN 150 87.5 5250 3090 2550 3230 1995 4200 44.8 45.2
DTV 88 DN 150 103.5 6210 3655 2600 3500 1910 4950 52.3 53.2
DTV 91 DN 150 118.3 7100 4179 2650 3520 1940 5700 56.3 57.0
DTV 94 DN 200 133.3 8000 4709 3100 3585 2180 6400 67.2 67.8
DTV 97 DN 200 153.3 9200 5415 3150 3605 2300 7400 75.6 76.8
DTV 100 DN 200 180.0 10800 6357 3250 3670 2355 8700 85.3 87.9
DTV 103 DN 250 205.0 12300 7240 3500 3855 2515 11500 98.9 105.0
DTV 106 DN 250 241.7 14500 8534 3600 3895 2570 13500 111.4 119.9

*Referenced to 20°C and 1 bar a (14.5 psi a)

43 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
OIL-X EVOLUTION BA Units
High efficiency breathing air purifiers

1 Million times cleaner than the normal air we breathe

Particle removal down to 0.01 micron, including water and oil aerosols. Maximum remaining oil vapour content: 0.003mg/m3 at 21°C

domnick hunter breathing air purifiers are suitable for critical applications where only the finest quality compressed air is acceptable. For
example: dental air, paint spraying, breathing air etc, where carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2) contamination does not
constitute a hazard. Supply can be taken from most sources of compressed air, either directly from the compressor or from the ring main.
These breathing air purifiers utilise two separate stages of air treatment combined together in one compact housing. Where the air supply
is particularly dirty, these purifiers can be supplied with additional AO grade filtration, and WS water separators.

Water No. of Mounting Portable

Model No. of people Prefilter 2 stage filter Regulator Gauge Port size Unit Price $
separator couplings bracket frame
BAE21B0 1-2 X X X 1/4 1 X 682.00
BAE22B0 1-2 X X X X 1/4 1 X 981.00
BAE23B0 1-2 X X X X X 1/4 1 X 1195.00
BAE21BP 1-2 X X X 1/4 1 X 813.00
BAE22BP 1-2 X X X X 1/4 1 X 1096.00
BAE23BP 1-2 X X X X X 1/4 1 X 1316.00
BAE41B0 2-4 X X X 3/8 2 X 1086.00
BAE42B0 2-4 X X X X 3/8 2 X 1129.00
BAE43B0 2-4 X X X X X 3/8 2 X 1568.00
BAE41BP 2-4 X X X 3/8 2 X 1231.00
BAE42BP 2-4 X X X X 3/8 2 X 1257.00
BAE43BP 2-4 X X X X X 3/8 2 X 1801.00

BAE 2*** includes 1 outlet coupling, BAE 4*** includes 2 outlet couplings. Extra couplings available on request: Part no. 3441262 $82.00

BAE21B0 to BAE43BP
Low pressure system (up to 16 barg with auto drain) WARNING!
Maximum Operating Pressure 16 bar g (20 bar g with manual drain) 232 psi g
These units will not remove carbon
Minimum Operating Pressure 1 bar g 15 psi g
monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (CO2) or
Maximum Recommended Operating Temperature 30°C 86°F other toxic gases or fumes.CO and CO2
Minimum Recommended Operating Temperature 1.5°C 35°F removal systems are available upon
request. Consult your respiratory safety
specialist for further advice on domnick
Replacement Elements hunter purifiers for these requirements.

Coalesing Activated
Model Pre Filter Unit Price $ Unit Price $ Unit Price $
filter Carbon
BAE21B0 - - 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
BAE22B0 010AO 115.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
BAE23B0 010AO 115.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
BAE21BP - - 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
BAE22BP 010AO 115.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
BAE23BP 010AO 115.00 010AA 115.00 010AC 66.00
BAE41B0 - - 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
BAE42B0 015AO 184.00 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
BAE43B0 015AO 184.00 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
BAE41BP - - 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00 To maintain your guaranteed air quality,
filter elements must be replaced every
BAE42BP 015AO 184.00 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
year with genuine domnick hunter parts.
BAE43BP 015AO 184.00 015AA 184.00 015AC 84.00
Note- The Water Separator does not have an element that needs replacing
Change (AA/AO Grade) elements every 12 months minimum or when odour or vapour is detected (AC Grade)

Breathing Air Hoses with Safety Couplings

BA TUBE 5 Metre 10 Metre 15 Metre 20 Metre 30 Metre 40 Metre

Unit Price $ 147.00 169.00 191.00 213.00 257.00 300.00

Deigned to meet the air purity requirements of AS/NZS1715:1994. Minimum breathing air supply requirement is 170L/min per person at the mask. Maximum design flow rate at 700 kPa inlet
pressure is: 360 L/min for 1-2 persons, 780 L/min for 3-4 persons. WARNING: These units will not remove carbon monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (CO2) or other toxic gases or fumes. CO
and CO2 removal systems are available upon request. Consult your respiratory safety specialist for further advice on domnick hunter purifiers for these requirements.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 44

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Respiratory protection

BA-PAC purifiers
(Belt mounted AC pack with Flow Regulator)

Technical data
Maximum operating pressure: 10.5 bar g (154 psi g) Maximum working temperature: 30°C

Minimum operating pressure: 3 bar g (44 psi g) Minimum working temperature: 1.5°C
Operating pressure differential: 100 m bar g (4 psi)
*Recommended pressure differential
for element change: 400 m bar (6 psi d)

Nominal Flow Rates UNIT Replacement Elements

Model
bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10.5 PRICE $ Code Quantity UNIT PRICE $

Maximum L/m 300 345 387 423 459 489 519 561
Flow
Capacity cfm 10 11.5 12.9 14.1 15.3 16.3 17.3 18.7
BA-PAC 381.00 EAPC1/6 1 381.00
Maximum L/m 160 184 206 226 245 261 277 299
Regulated
Flow Rate cfm 5.5 6.3 7.1 7.7 8.4 9.0 9.5 10.3

Nominal Flow Rates

BA - 1400 & BA - 4350

Technical data
Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar g (145 psi g)
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g (58 psi g)
Maximum operating temperature: 30°C
Minimum operating temperature: 1.5°C
Weight: 8 Kg

Pipe Size Nominal Flow Rates UNIT Replacement Elements

Model
Inlet Outlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PRICE $ Code Quantity UNIT PRICE $

BA-4350 L/m 1064 1190 1302 1400 1498 1582 1666 1924.00 K017ACS 1 179.00
BA-1400 G3/8 4 x G1/4 cfm 36.5 41 45 48 51 54 57 2650.00 K017AO 1 179.00
BA-1400B m3/hr 63 70.5 77 83 88 93 98 9385.00 K017AA 1 179.00

NOTES IMPORTANT
1. Optional baseplate model - part no. 60 500 7760.
2. BA1400 Model available with optional CO monitor/alarm (BA-1400B) These units will NOT remove methane, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide or other toxic gases or fumes.
Suitable for use with both mineral and synthetic lubricated compressors.

45 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Respiratory protection

domnick hunter Breathing Air filters have been designed to provide a cost effective solution to compressed air contamination, with
delivered air quality to the latest ISO 8573.1 : 2001 international standards, and with the lowest of operational costs. Designed to be
installed directly at the point of use, Breathing Air filters combine two grades of filtration into one convenient housing. Liquid aerosols
and solid particles are removed using a deep pleated high efficiency coalescing filter element, whilst oil vapours are removed by an
activated carbon adsorption cartridge. Each Breathing Air filter employs a unique, air flow management system to ensure pressure
losses start low and stay low throughout the life of the filter elements. This ensures operational costs are kept as low as possible.

Former BA Unit (Oil-X Plus) Replacement Elements WARNING!

For units purchased before Febuary 2007
These units will not remove carbon
Coalesing Activated
Model Pre Filter Unit Price $ Unit Price $ Unit Price $ monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (CO2) or
filter Carbon
other toxic gases or fumes.CO and CO2
BA21B0 - - K009AA 113.00 K006AC 63.00 removal systems are available upon
BA22B0 K009AO 113.00 K009AA 113.00 K006AC 63.00 request. Consult your respiratory safety
specialist for further advice on domnick
BA23B0 K009AO 113.00 K009AA 113.00 K006AC 63.00 hunter purifiers for these requirements.
BA21BP - - K009AA 113.00 K006AC 63.00
BA22BP K009AO 113.00 K009AA 113.00 K006AC 63.00
BA23BP K009AO 113.00 K009AA 113.00 K006AC 63.00
BA41B0 - - K017AA 179.00 K013AC 81.00
BA42B0 K017AO 179.00 K017AA 179.00 K013AC 81.00
BA43B0 K017AO 179.00 K017AA 179.00 K013AC 81.00
BA41BP - - K017AA 179.00 K013AC 81.00
BA42BP K017AO 179.00 K017AA 179.00 K013AC 81.00
BA43BP K017AO 179.00 K017AA 179.00 K013AC 81.00
Note- The Water Separator does not have an element that needs replacing

Change elements every 12 months minimum (AO/AA Grade) and when odour or vapour is detected (AC Grade)

Deigned to meet the air purity requirements of AS/NZS1715:1994. Minimum breathing air supply requirement is 170L/min per person at the mask. Maximum design flow rate at 700 kPa inlet
pressure is: 360 L/min for 1-2 persons, 780 L/min for 3-4 persons.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 46

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Respiratory protection
Incorporating CO & CO2 reduction

BA-2010 & BAP-2010

Technical data
Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar g (145 psi g)
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g (58 psi g)
Maximum recommended operating temperature: 30°C
Minimum recommended operating temperature: 5°C

Pipe Size Outlet Flow Rates* UNIT Replacement Elements

Model
Inlet Outlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PRICE $ Code Quantity UNIT PRICE $

BA-2010 L/s 5.7 6.75 7.9 9 10.2 11.25 12.4 9673.00 K017AA 1 179.00
3x K013AC 1 81.00
G1/2 cfm 11.3 13.5 15.8 18 20.3 22.5 24.8
G1/4 K013HC 1 522.00
BAP-2010 m3/hr 20.2 24.0 28.2 32 36.2 40.0 44.2 13218.00 K017AA 1 179.00
* Referenced to 20°C and 1 bar a (14.5 psi a).

NOTES
1. BA-2010 model is totally pneumatic in operation.
2. Hours run meter fitted as standard.

Medical / Breathing air purifiers

BA-DME
Technical data
Maximum operating pressure: BA - DME 012-040 16 bar g (232 psi g)
BA - DME 050-080 13 bar g (189 psi g)
Minimum operating pressure: 4 bar g (58 psi g)
Maximum recommended operating temperature: 30°C
Minimum recommended operating temperature: 5°C
Standard electrical supply options: 110V, 230Vac/1ph/50-60Hz

Pipe size Outlet Flow Rate @ 7 bar g (100 psi g)*

Model UNIT PRICE $
Inlet Outlet cfm L/s m3/hr
BA-DME012 /"
1 2 /"
3 8 19 9 32 P.O.A.
BA-DME015 /"
1 2 /"
3 4 25 12 43 P.O.A.
BA-DME020 1/2" 3/4" 33 15 57 P.O.A.
BA-DME025 1/2" 3/4" 42 20 72 P.O.A.
BA-DME030 1/2" 3/4" 52 24 88 P.O.A.
BA-DME040 3/4" 3/4" 70 33 119 P.O.A.
BA-DME050 1" 1" 84 40 144 P.O.A.
BA-DME060 1" 1" 104 49 176 P.O.A.
BA-DME080 1" 1" 140 66 239 P.O.A.
* Referenced to 20°C (68°F) and 1 bar a (14.5 psi a).

NOTES
1. Available with Dewpoint Switching Option, details on request.

47 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Medical air purifiers

BAM 102 - 110

Technical data
Min / maximum operating pressure: 4 - 10.5 bar g (58 - 152 psi g)
Min / maximum inlet temperature: 5°C - 30°C
Electrical supply: 230 V ac / 1Ph / 50 Hz

Connections Flow Rates @ 7.0 bar g (102 psi g)*

Model UNIT European Parker Filtration
Inlet Outlet Contaminant
PRICE $ Pharmacopoeia BA DME/E Range*
Inlet Outlet l/s cfm l/s cfm
BAM102 G11/2 G2 76 160 63 134 60 ppm 16 ppm

PRICE AND DELIVERY ON

Water
(= 47°C adp) (= -57°C adp)
BAM103 G11/2 G2 113 240 95 202
Oil/lubricant 0.1 mg/m3 0.003 mg/m3

APPLICATION
BAM104 G2 G2 151 320 127 269
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) < 500 ppm < 300 ppm
BAM105 G2 G2 189 400 159 337 Carbon Monoxide
< 5 ppm < 5 ppm
BAM106 G2 G21/2 227 480 190 404 (CO)
BAM107 G2 G21/2 264 560 222 471 Nitrogen Oxides
< 2 ppm < 2 ppm
(NO + NO2)
BAM108 G2 G21/2 302 640 254 539
Sulphur Dioxide
< 1 ppm < 1 ppm
BAM110 G21/2 G21/2 378 800 318 674 (SO2)
* Referenced to 20°C and 1 bar a (14.5 psi a).

i SEE PUBLICATION REF:

4435

Medical vacuum filters Complete bacterial removal to

0.0001% penetration when tested
Technical data to BS.3928 efficiency, exceeding
the requirements of the DHSS for
Maximum operating pressure: 16 bar g, 232 psi g
infectious disease units (HTM2022).
Maximum recommended operating temp: 100°C (MV010 - 055), 66°C (MV060K)
Minimum recommended operating temp: 1.5°C

Free Air capacity at atmospheric** UNIT Replacement Elements

Model* Pipe Connection options*
L/min cfm PRICE $ Code Quantity UNIT PRICE $

MV010 / ” 3/8” 1/2”

1 4 60 2 437.00 010MV 1 117.00
MV015 3/8” 1/2” 160 6 537.00 015MV 1 185.00
MV020 1/2” 3/4” 1” 250 9 785.00 020MV 1 215.00
MV025 3/4” 1” 450 16 1043.00 025MV 1 265.00
MV030 1” 11/4” 11/2” 900 32 1355.00 030MV 1 310.00
MV035 11/4” 11/2” 1500 53 1511.00 035MV 1 349.00
MV040 11/2” 2” 2000 71 2256.00 040MV 1 416.00
MV045 H 2” 2500 88 2366.00 045MV 1 596.00
MV050 21/2” 3” 3500 124 2996.00 050MV 1 702.00
MV055 21/2” 3” 5000 176 3320.00 055MV 1 943.00
MV060 K 4” 9000 318 5971.00 060MV 3 595.00

* Select which pipe connection you require by cross referencing with table below and insert letter into Model Code. eg. MV010C.

Vacuum Correction Factors

A = 1/4” B = 3/8” C = 1/2” D = 3/4” E = 1” F = 3/4” G = 11/2 H = 2” I = 21/2” J = 3” K = 4”
mbar (a) torr or mmHg C1 C2
** The above flow rates are based upon an initial resistance of 50mm/Hg Higher capacity filters available 1000 750 1.00 1.0
on request. Filter supplied with sterilisable drain flask and bio-hazard labels. 900 675 0.9 1.1
(1) To find the capacity of an MV filter at a known vacuum condition, multiply the filter Free Ai r Capacity in the table opposite by 800 600 0.8 1.3
correction factor C1. (2) To select a filter to match system flow conditions, multiply the system flow by the correction factor C2 that 700 525 0.7 1.4
corresponds to vacuum in the pipe. 600 450 0.6 1.7
500 375 0.5 2.0
Accessories 400 300 0.4 2.5
Description Kit UNIT PRICE $ 300 225 0.3 3.3
200 150 0.2 5.0
MV15 - 100G Drain Flask VF250S 139.00 100 75 0.1 10.0
MV010 - MV060 EVOLUTION Drain Flask VF250/EVO 169.00

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 48

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Breathing air purity test kit APTK1
Air quality testing for compressed air systems

This comprehensive test kit is compact, easy to operate and can be used to indicate the level
of contamination both upstream and downstream of purification equipment.
The Parker Filtration Air Purity Test Kit APTK1 comes complete with oil mist, water vapour
CO & CO2 test tubes. All test tubes are supplied in packs of ten to allow immediate multiple testing.

Type Measurable Sample rate Test Duration Total Volume UNIT PRICE $
CO 100ml/min 1.5 minutes 150ml
CO2 100ml/min 3 minutes 300ml
APTK1
Water Vapour 100ml/min 10 minutes 1000ml P.O.A.
606035050
Oil Mist (Mineral) 1000ml/min 60 minutes 60,000ml
Oxygen 50ml/min Real-time Display n/a

Replacement Gas Detection Tubes / 02 Analyser

NETT PRICE $
Contaminant

Carbon Monoxide (C0) P.O.A.

Carbon Dioxide (C02) P.O.A.
Water Vapour (H20) P.O.A.
Oil Mist P.O.A.
02 Analyser P.O.A.

NB. All flow rates are factory set to allow immediate testing.

49 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
 Technical data
OIL-X EVOLUTION
Operating temperature range: 1.5°C - 100°C
Vacuum pump inlet filters Maximum operating vacuum: 1 Torr

Filtration Efficiency : Particle removal down to 1 micron

Free air capacity at atmospheric* UNIT Replacement UNIT

Filter Type Pipe size
m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

AR010ABMX 1
/4" 3.6 2 387.00 010AR 115.00
AR010BBMX 3
/8" 3.6 2 387.00 010AR 115.00
AR010CBMX 1
/2" 3.6 2 387.00 010AR 115.00
AR015BBMX 3
/8" 9.6 6 482.00 015AR 184.00
AR015CBMX 1
/2" 9.6 6 482.00 015AR 184.00
AR020CBMX 1
/2" 15 9 536.00 020AR 213.00
AR020DBMX 3
/4" 15 9 536.00 020AR 213.00
AR020EBMX 1" 15 9 536.00 020AR 213.00
AR025DBMX 3
/4" 27 16 911.00 025AR 264.00
AR025EBMX 1" 27 16 911.00 025AR 264.00
AR030EBMX 1" 54 32 1020.00 030AR 308.00
AR030FBMX 1 1/4" 54 32 1020.00 030AR 308.00
AR030GBMX 1 1/2" 54 32 1020.00 030AR 308.00
AR035FBMX 1 1/4" 90 53 1548.00 035AR 347.00
AR035GBMX 1 1/2" 90 53 1548.00 035AR 347.00
AR040GBMX 1 1/2" 120 71 1982.00 040AR 413.00
AR040HBMX 2" 120 71 1982.00 040AR 413.00
AR045HBMX 2" 150 88 2721.00 045AR 592.00
AR050IBMX 2 1/2" 210 124 3330.00 050AR 695.00
AR050JBMX 3" 210 124 3330.00 050AR 695.00
AR055IBMX 2 1/2" 300 176 3796.00 055AR 937.00
AR055JBMX 3" 300 176 3796.00 055AR 937.00

*Stated flows are for operation at 1 bar a (750 torr) NOTES

with reference to 20°C, 1 bar a, 0% relative water 1. Manual drain valves are supplied as standard. 3. A direct mounting differential pressure indicator (DPV) is available.
vapour pressure. 2. Mounting bracket kits available. 4. Larger size fabricated vessels available on request.

OIL-X EVOLUTION Technical data

Operating temperature range: 1.5°C - 100°C
Vacuum pump exhaust filters Maximum operating pressure: 20 bar g

Filtration Efficiency : Particle removal down to 1 micron, including water

and oil aerosols. Maximum remaining oil content 1mg/m3 (1ppm) at 21°C.

Free air capacity at atmospheric* UNIT Replacement UNIT

Filter Type Pipe size
m3/hr cfm PRICE $ Element Kit PRICE $

AR010ABMX 1
/4" 3.6 2 387.00 010AR 115.00
AR010BBMX 3
/8" 3.6 2 387.00 010AR 115.00
AR010CBMX 1
/2" 3.6 2 387.00 010AR 115.00
AR015BBMX 3
/8" 9.6 6 482.00 015AR 184.00
AR015CBMX 1
/2" 9.6 6 482.00 015AR 184.00
AR020CBMX 1
/2" 15 9 536.00 020AR 213.00
AR020DBMX 3
/4" 15 9 536.00 020AR 213.00
AR020EBMX 1" 15 9 536.00 020AR 213.00
AR025DBMX 3
/4" 27 16 911.00 025AR 264.00
AR025EBMX 1" 27 16 911.00 025AR 264.00
AR030EBMX 1" 54 32 1020.00 030AR 308.00
AR030FBMX 1 1/4" 54 32 1020.00 030AR 308.00
AR030GBMX 1 1/2" 54 32 1020.00 030AR 308.00
AR035FBMX 1 1/4" 90 53 1548.00 035AR 347.00
AR035GBMX 1 1/2" 90 53 1548.00 035AR 347.00
AR040GBMX 1 1/2" 120 71 1982.00 040AR 413.00
AR040HBMX 2" 120 71 1982.00 040AR 413.00
AR045HBMX 2" 150 88 2721.00 045AR 592.00
AR050IBMX 2 1/2" 210 124 3330.00 050AR 695.00
AR050JBMX 3" 210 124 3330.00 050AR 695.00
AR055IBMX 2 1/2" 300 176 3796.00 055AR 937.00
AR055JBMX 3" 300 176 3796.00 055AR 937.00

*Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) NOTES

with reference to 20°C, bar a, 0% relative water 1. Manual drain valves are supplied as standard. 3. Larger size fabricated vessels available on request.
vapour pressure. 2. Mounting bracket kits available.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 50

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
VH-2000 Variable temperature compressed air heaters
Variable Temperature Control up to 100°C

Technical data
Maximum working pressure 16 bar g (232 psi g) Optional Accessories
Air inlet temperature 1.5°C - 66°C
Outlet temperature gauge (605009828)
Mounting bracket kit (605009829)
Operating voltage 230V 50Hz (+/- 10%)
Maximum continuous current 5.5A
Maximum power consumption 1.3KW

Flow Rates @ 7 bar g (100 psi g) ANR UNIT

Model Pipe Size CE Marked for compliance with
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $
European regulations EN60204,
EN50081-1, EN61000-6-2,
VH2000 G3/8" 0.78 46.8 27 3899.00 EN61000-3,2, EN61000-3-3.
VH2100 G1/2" 0.78 46.8 27 3899.00

Heater Bracket 605009829 $185.00

Thermometer Kit 605009828 $583.00

MIST-X Exhaust silencer mist eliminators

Technical data
Typical operating temperature range: 2-50°C
Typical back pressure at full rated flow: MIST-X 25 870 m bar (12.6 psi)
MIST-X 50 900 m bar (13 psi)
MIST-X 150 900 m bar (13 psi)

Max. Flow Rate @ 7 bar g (100 psi g) UNIT

Filter Type Port Size
m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $

MIST-X 25 G1/2 1.50 90.0 53 122.00

MIST-X 50 G1 2.97 178.4 105 154.00
MIST-X 150 G11/2 8.92 535.2 315 207.00

OIL-Xplus - 0003G compressed air filters

Grade A0 AA ACS AR AAR AX
Dimensions
Particle Removal Down to: 1 micron 0.01 micron N/A 1 micron 0.01 micron 0.01 micron 58 mm (2.3")

Max. Remaining Oil Content 0.6 mg/m3 0.01 mg/m3 0.003 mg/m3 0.003 mg/m3 9.75 mm
at 21°C (70°F) (0.5 ppm) (0.01 ppm) (0.003 ppm) N/A N/A (0.003 ppm) (0.4")

Max. Operating Pressure 10.5 bar g 10.5 bar g 10.5 bar g 10.5 bar g 10.5 bar g 10 bar g 89 mm
(145 psi g) (145 psi g) (145 psi g) (145 psi g) (145 psi g) (145 psig) (3.5")
Max. Recommended 45 mm
Operating Temperature 50°C 50°C 30°C 50°C 50°C 50°C
(1.8")

Min. Recommended
Operating Temperature 1.5°C 1.5°C 1.5°C 1.5°C 1.5°C 1.5°C

Initial Dry Pressure 70 mbar 100 mbar 70 mbar 70 mbar 200 bar 200 mbar
Differential (1.0 psi) (1.5 psi) (1.0 psi) (1.0 psi) (3.0 psi) (3.0 psi)
Initial Saturated Pressure 140 mbar 200 mbar 400 mbar
Differential (2.0 psi) (3.0 psi) - - - (6.0 psi) Weight: 0.1 Kg (0.2 lb)

Flow rate at maximum pressure UNIT UNIT

Model Element Code
Connections m3/min m3/hr cfm PRICE $ PRICE $

A0-0003G 8mm / G1⁄4 0.18 11 6 186.00 K003AO 79.00

AA-0003G 8mm / G1⁄4 0.18 11 6 186.00 K003AA 79.00
ACS-0003G 8mm / G1⁄4 0.18 11 6 186.00 K003ACS 79.00
AR-0003G 8mm / G1⁄4 0.18 11 6 186.00 K003AO 79.00
AAR-0003G 8mm / G1⁄4 0.18 11 6 186.00 K003AA 79.00
AX-0003G 8mm / G1⁄4 0.18 11 6 230.00 K003AX 99.00
† Please state option

AO/AA/AX/ACS-0003G includes manual or constant bleed drain valve AR/AAR-0003G includes manual drain valve

51 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
MAXIGAS
Nitrogen gas generators

Don’t Buy Nitrogen - Make It!

The Parker Filtration MAXIGAS range of nitrogen gas generators allows users
to produce ultra high purity nitrogen gas from a supply of compressed air,
without the need for high pressure cylinders or liquified gas supplies.

MAXIGAS now brings the

following new advantages:
Greater nitrogen flows
Lower capital investment
Increased energy efficiency
Improved air to nitrogen ratios
Runs off a smaller compressor for even
greater energy savings
Obtains outlet pressures up to 16 bar
without a booster
EIGA Food and Pharmacopoeia compliant
FDA compliant

MAXIGAS has many advantages over

traditional nitrogen supplies including:
Enhanced safety without the need to store or handle
high-pressure gas containers
Reduced downtime owing to an on-demand supply
Cost savings following payback of up to 90%
Consistent gas flow, pressure and purity
Compact space saving design
Flexible modular design
Very low cost of ownership
No need for expensive civil works prior to installation
Proven reliability
Purities up to 10ppm as standard

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 52

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
MAXIGAS
Nitrogen gas generators

Product Selection
Performance data is based on 7 bar g (100 psi g) air inlet pressure and 20° - 25°C (66° - 77°F) ambient temperature. Consult Parker domnick hunter for
performance under other specific conditions.
Oxygen Content

Model Unit 10ppm 100ppm 500ppm 0.1% 0.5% 1.0% 2.0% 3.0% 4.0% 5.0% Unit Price

m3/hr 2 3.2 8.1 9 14.1 17.8 22 25.8 29 32.2 P.O.A.

MAXIGAS104
cfm 1.2 1.9 4.8 5.3 8.3 10.5 12.9 15.2 17.1 19.0 P.O.A.

m3/hr 3 4.8 12.1 13.4 21.2 26.6 32.8 38.7 43.5 48.3 P.O.A.
MAXIGAS106
cfm 1.8 2.8 7.1 7.9 12.5 15.7 19.3 22.8 25.6 28.4 P.O.A.

m3/hr 3.9 6.4 16.2 18 28.3 35.5 43.8 51.6 58 64.4 P.O.A.
MAXIGAS108
cfm 2.3 3.8 9.5 10.6 16.7 20.9 25.8 30.4 34.1 37.9 P.O.A.

m3/hr 4.9 8 20.2 22.4 35.3 44.4 54.7 64.5 72.5 80.4 P.O.A.
MAXIGAS110
cfm 2.9 4.7 11.9 13.2 20.8 26.1 32.2 38.0 42.7 47.3 P.O.A.

m3/hr 5.9 9.6 24.2 26.8 42.4 53.3 65.7 77.4 87.1 96.5 P.O.A.
MAXIGAS112
cfm 3.5 5.7 14.2 15.8 25 31.4 38.7 45.6 51.3 56.8 P.O.A.

m3/hr 7.9 12.8 30.7 34 53.7 67.5 83.2 98.1 110.3 122.3 P.O.A.
MAXIGAS116
cfm 4.6 7.5 18.1 20.0 31.6 39.7 49 57.7 64.9 72.0 P.O.A.

m3/hr 9.8 16 37.2 41.2 65 81.7 100.7 118.7 133.5 148 P.O.A.
MAXIGAS120
cfm 5.8 9.4 21.9 24.2 38.3 48.1 59.3 69.9 78.6 87.1 P.O.A.

Technical Data Weights and Dimensions

Ambient temperature range: 5 - 50°C Height Width Depth Weight
Model
Nitrogen outlet pressure: up to 11 bar g mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

Min. air inlet pressure: 6 to 13 bar g MAXIGAS104 1894 75.76 550 22 692 27.68 336 740.75

Inlet air quality: Dewpoint: -40°C MAXIGAS106 1894 75.76 550 22 861 34.44 394 868.62

Particulate: <0.1 micron MAXIGAS108 1894 75.76 550 22 1029 41.16 488 1075.9

Oil: <0.01 mg/m3 MAXIGAS110 1894 75.76 550 22 1198 47.92 582 1283.1

200V/1ph/50Hz or MAXIGAS112 1894 75.76 550 22 1368 54.72 676 1490.3

Electrical supply:
110V/1ph/60Hz MAXIGAS116 1894 75.76 550 22 1765 70.6 864 1904.8

Air G1 / MAXIGAS120 1894 75.76 550 22 2043 81.72 1052 2319.3

Inlet/outlet connections:
Nitrogen G1/2

MAXIGAS
Standard accessories
• Oxygen analyser for continuous monitoring of nitrogen purity
• Analogue outputs for remote monitoring
• Alarm connections

53 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
MIDIGAS
Nitrogen gas generators

Product Selection
Performance data is based on 7 bar g (100 psi g) air inlet pressure and 20° - 25°C (66° - 77°F) ambient temperature. Consult Parker domnick hunter for
performance under other specific conditions.

Oxygen Content

Model Unit 10ppm 100ppm 250ppm 500ppm 0.1% 0.5% 1.0% 2.0% 3.0% 4.0% 5.0% Unit Price

m3/hr 0.55 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.4 3.4 4.3 5.8 7.2 8.4 9.4 P.O.A.
MIDIGAS2
cfm 0.3 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.2 4.9 5.5 P.O.A.

m3/hr 1.2 2.4 3.2 3.9 4.7 6.9 8.5 11.6 14.3 16.7 18.8 P.O.A.
MIDIGAS4
cfm 0.7 1.4 1.9 2.3 2.8 4.1 5.0 6.8 8.4 9.8 11.1 P.O.A.

m3/hr 1.5 3.2 4.2 5.3 6.5 9.5 11.5 15.2 18.7 21.7 24.5 P.O.A.
MIDIGAS6
cfm 0.9 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.8 5.6 6.8 8.9 11.0 12.8 14.4 P.O.A.

Technical Data Weights and Dimensions

Ambient temperature range: 5 - 50°C Height Width Depth Weight
Nitrogen outlet pressure: up to 11 bar g Model
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
Min. air inlet pressure: 6 to 13 bar g

Inlet air quality: Dewpoint: -40°C MIDIGAS2 1034 41.36 450 18 471 18.84 98 216.1

Particulate: <0.1 micron

MIDIGAS4 1034 41.36 450 18 640 25.6 145 319.7
Oil: <0.01 mg/m3
MIDIGAS6 1034 41.36 450 18 809 32.36 196 432.1
230V/1ph/50Hz or
Electrical supply:
115V/1ph/60Hz

Inlet/outlet connections: G1/2

MIDIGAS
Using PSA technology, the MIDIGAS range is a compact
option suitable for applications requiring small to
medium flow rates and is available in 3 models.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 54

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
 Laboratory gases

Generate laboratory gases for

all of your analytical applications.

Hydrogen
Eliminate high pressure cylinders • GC-FID, NPD, FPD, TCD, ELCD, HALL
from the laboratory by generating • GC-carrier gas
a continuous source of UHP • Total Hydrocarbon Analysers (THA)
hydrogen gas.

Nitrogen
Eliminate high pressure • LCMS (single and multiple units) • GC-FID, ECD, NPD, AED
cylinders by producing nitrogen • ICP • GC-carrier gas
gas from compressed air • ELSD • Solvent evaporation
simply and cost effectively.

Zero air
Through the purification of a • GC-FID, NPD, FPD
compressed air supply Zero Air • THA
Generators are ideal
for use in FID applications.

Clean dry air

Desiccant dryers to provide a constant flow of clean, • NMR, AA, GC, ATD,
dry compressed air. Rheometer, Sample Prep,
(Please refer to page 33) Auto-Samplers and many
other applications

CO2 free air

Replace high pressure O2 and N2 • TOC analyser
cylinders with CO2 moisture free • FT-IR Purge
compressed gas. • Microscope Purge

55 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
LC/MS Nitrogen Generators
High Purity Lab Gas

Technical Specifications
Flowrate Purity Connections BSP Dimensions mm Weight
Model Voltage ac
L/min % O2 Gas A B C kg
Air inlet outlet Unit Price
1
LCMS 12-1* 12 0.5 - /8” 110/230 345 873 663 90 P.O.A.
1 1
LCMS 15-0 15 0.5 /4” /8” 110/230 510 705 559 89 P.O.A.
1
LCMS 15-1* 15 0.5 - /8” 110/230 510 705 826 129 P.O.A.
1 1
LCMS 18-0 18 0.5 /4” /8” 110/230 345 873 663 77 P.O.A.
1 1
LCMS 20-0 20 1 /4” /8” 110/230 510 705 559 89 P.O.A.
1
LCMS 20-1* 20 1 - /8” 110/230 510 705 826 129 P.O.A.
1 1
LCMS 30-0 30 1 /4” /8” 110/230 510 705 760 135 P.O.A.
1
LCMS 30-1* 30 2 - /8” 110/230 510 705 826 129 P.O.A.
1 1
LCMS 40-0 40 1 /4” /8” 110/230 510 705 760 135 P.O.A.

* with integral compressor

LCMS 12/18 LCMS 15/20/30/40

A C A C

B B

To ensure optimum performance and longevity of your LC/MS nitrogen generator, Parker domnick hunter
recommends the following service kits be used as part of a preventative maintenance programme:

230 Vac Models

Also required at 24000 hours Unit
Model 4000 hours 8000 hours 24000 hours
if no compressor fitted Price

LCMS 12-1* 60 627 2354 60 627 2334 60 627 2344 - P.O.A.

LCMS 18-0 60 627 2353 - 60 627 2342 - P.O.A.
LCMS 15-0, 20-0, 30-0, 40-0 60 627 2251 - 60 627 2255 1off 60 627 2257 P.O.A.
LCMS 15-1*, 20-1*, 30-1* 60 627 2251 60 627 2253 60 627 2255 - P.O.A.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 56

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Nitrogen Generators
(Including Zero N2 and Dry Air) Produce Nitrogen
gas from compressed air simply and cost effectively

Technical Specifications
Connections BSP Dimensions mm Weight kg
Flowrate Purity Voltage
Models
L/min % O2 air gas Vac without with Unit
A B C compressor
inlet outlet compressor Price
Nitrogen
0.55 10 ppm 1 1
G1 /8” /8” 110/230 345 842 413 52 56 P.O.A.
0.75 10 ppm
1.5 10 ppm 1 1
G2 /8” /8” 110/230 345 873 663 77 90 P.O.A.
3.0 10 ppm
2.5 100 ppm
4.0 0.1
1 1
G3 5.0 0.5 /8” /8” 110/230 345 873 663 71 83 P.O.A.
7.0 1
8.0 2
5.0 100 ppm
6.0 0.1
10.0 0.5 1 1
G4 /8” /8” 110/230 345 873 663 77 90 P.O.A.
12.5 1
14.0 2
Zero Nitrogen
1 1
G5 1.0 10 ppm /8” /8” 110/230 345 842 413 51 55 P.O.A.
N 2 & Dry Air
1
N2: 0.6 10 ppm 1
/8”
G6 /8” 1
110/230 345 842 413 54 58 P.O.A.
Air: 1.5 -55˚c adp /8”
1
N2 : 3.0 10 ppm 1
/8”
G7 /8” 1
110/230 345 873 663 80 93 P.O.A.
Air: 3.0 -55˚c adp /8”
Dry Air
1 1
G8 3.0 -55˚c adp /8” /8” 110/230 345 842 413 50 54 P.O.A.
1 1
G9 6.0 -55˚c adp /8” /8” 110/230 345 842 413 50 54 G9
P.O.A.

G1/G5/G6/G8/G9 models G2-G4/G7 models

A C A C

B B

57 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Zero Air Generators
Hydrogen Free

Technical Information
Parker domnick hunter zero air water and particulate. The clean generator employs air temperature
generators use a combination of Parker compressed air then enters the catalyst monitoring inside the catalyst unit to
domnick hunter OIL-X EVOLUTION unit where hydrocarbons are oxidised to reliably maintain the optimum
high performance filtration and water and carbon dioxide. operating temperature and ensure high
catalytic technologies to purify an performance hydrocarbon removal.
Finally, a high efficiency OIL-X
existing compressed air supply. Inlet design further enhances efficiency
EVOLUTION grade AA 0.01 micron filter
The compressed air passes first through by ensuring balanced air flow through
downstream of the catalyst unit
a high efficiency OIL-X EVOLUTION the catalyst unit.
removes any remaining particulate.
grade AO filter to ensure removal of oil, The Parker domnick hunter zero air

Technical Specifications
Purity/total Connections Dimensions mm
Flow rate Voltage Weight
Model hydrocarbon
L/min Air Air ac kg Unit Price
content H W D
inlet outlet
1 1
UHP–10ZA–S 1.0 <0.1 ppm /8” /8” 115/230 325 340 425 10.8 P.O.A.
1
1 /8”
UHP–35ZA–S 3.5 <0.1 ppm /8” 115/230 455 340 425 10.8 P.O.A.

1 1
UHP–50ZA–S 5.0 <0.1 ppm /4” /4” 115/230 455 340 425 16.1 P.O.A.

1 1
UHP–75ZA–S 7.5 <0.1 ppm /4” /4” 115/230 455 340 425 16.1 P.O.A.

1 1
UHP–150ZA–S 15.0 <0.1 ppm /4” /4” 115/230 455 340 425 16.1 P.O.A.

1 1
UHP–200ZA–S 20.0 <0.1 ppm /4” /4” 115/230 455 340 425 16.1 P.O.A.

1 1
UHP–300ZA–S 30.0 <0.1 ppm /4” /4” 115/230 455 340 425 16.1 P.O.A.

UHP-10ZA-S UHP-35ZA-S to UHP-300ZA-S

W D

W D

H
H

To ensure optimum performance and longevity of your zero air generator, Parker domnick hunter recommends
the following filter changes every 12 months:

Model UHP–10ZA-S UHP–35ZA-S UHP–50ZA-S UHP–75ZA-S UHP–150ZA-S UHP–200ZA-S UHP–300ZA-S Unit

Price

Inlet Air Filter Element 005 AO 005 AO 005 AO 005 AO 005 AO 005 AO 005 AO P.O.A.

Outlet Air Filter Element 005 AA 005 AA 005 AA 005 AA 005 AA 005 AA 005 AA P.O.A.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 58

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
Hydrogen Generators

Technical Information
Parker domnick hunterhigh purity A long-life desiccant cartridge purifies As it only uses de-ionized water and
hydrogen generators use an ion the hydrogen even further so that it electricity, continuous operation is
exchange membrane to produce a flow attains the desired grade of purity and assured.
of ultra-pure hydrogen. Use of the ensures constant reproducible results.
electrolytic dissociation process enables
water to be broken down into hydrogen Having proven its worth in thousands of
and oxygen. The oxygen is released into systems worldwide, this technology
the air, while the hydrogen is retained to eliminates the need to use liquid
form the product flow. electrolytes, such as caustic solutions.

Technical Specifications
Connections Dimensions mm
Flowrate Purity Pressure Voltage Electrical Weight Unit
Models BSP
ml/min % Vac Consumption kg Price
H2 outlet A B C D E F

0-7 bar 1
20H 160 99.999 /8” Swagelok 110-230 125w 342 456 437 108 109 645 24 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)
0-7 bar 1
40H 250 99.999 /8” Swagelok 110-230 185w 342 456 437 108 109 645 24 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)
0-7 bar 1
60H 500 99.999 /8” Swagelok 110-230 235w 342 456 437 108 109 645 24 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)

HYDROGEN PURGE OUTLET

DO NOT CONNECT

To ensure optimum performance and longevity of your H range hydrogen generator, Parker domnick hunter
recommends the following preventative maintenance kits:
Description Part Number Change Interval
Desiccant cartridge 60 497 0412 See note #1
6 month preventative maintenance kit 60 497 0600 6 months
24 month preventative maintenance kit 60 497 0532 24 months

Note #1: Desiccant Cartridge Replacement:

Change interval dependent on generator model and operating regime.

The following optional accessories are available for use with Parker domnick hunter h range hydrogen generators:
Description Part Number
High purity oxygen / moisture trap 60 497 0598
Options board kit 60 497 0722

59 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
MD Hydrogen Generators

Technical Information
Parker domnick hunter high purity enables water to be broken down into A regenerative desiccant dryer then
hydrogen generators use an ion hydrogen and oxygen. The oxygen is purifies the hydrogen further making it
exchange membrane to produce a flow released into the air, while the suitable for use as GC or GC/MS
of ultra-pure hydrogen. Use of the hydrogen is retained to form the carrier gas.
electrolytic dissociation process product flow.

Technical Specifications
Connections Dimensions mm
Flowrate Purity Voltage Electrical Weight Unit
Model Pressure BSP
ml/min % Vac Consumption kg Price
H2 outlet A B C D E F

0-7 bar 1
20H-MD 160 99.9999 /8” Swagelok 110 - 230 180W 342 456 437 108 109 645 28 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)
0-7 bar 1
40H-MD 250 99.9999 /8” Swagelok 110 - 230 210W 342 456 437 108 109 645 28 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)
0-7 bar 1
60H-MD 500 99.9999 /8” Swagelok 110 - 230 300W 342 456 437 108 109 645 28 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)
0-7 bar 1
110H-MD 1000 99.9999 /8” Swagelok 110 - 230 600W 342 456 437 108 109 645 30 P.O.A.
(0-100 psi)

HYDROGEN PURGE OUTLET

DO NOT CONNECT

To ensure optimum performance and longevity of your H-MD Hydrogen generator, Parker domnick hunter
recommends the following preventative maintenance kits:
Description Part Number Change Interval
6 month preventative maintenance kit 60 497 0600 6 months
24 month preventative maintenance kit 60 497 0720 24 months

The following accessories and installation kits are available to complement the Parker domnick hunter H-MD
range of laboratory hydrogen generators.
Part Number Description Part Number
Description 1 1
/8” Tube /4” Tube Options board Kit 60 497 0722
Isolation valve 604970700 604970713
Flow controller 0-300cc/min 604970701*
Flow controller 0-600cc/min 604970702*
Flow controller 0-1200cc/min 604970703*
Non-return valve 604970704 604970714
Pressure relief valve 604970707 604970717
Port Reducing connector 604970708
Standard regulator 604970709*
*Port reducing connector (part number 604970708) required if 1/4” tubing used.

www.parker.com Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application 60

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
C02 Free Generators

Technical Information
Water and CO2 levels inside an FT-IR The supply of CO2 free air to the air beamsplitter through attack by
spectrometer vary according to bearing interferometer chamber moisture. The result is increased
changes in the CO2 and water content ensures that the levels of carbon accuracy of analyses and improved
of the laboratory air. Something as dioxide and water are maintained at instrument reliability.
simple as the number of people in the constant, low levels thereby
laboratory, or whether a window is eliminating changes in spectral
open or closed, can lead to changes in absorbances. Purging of the
background spectral absorbances spectrometer body with CO2 free air
from one scan to the next. also retards the degradation of the

Technical Specifications
Minimum Maximum Dimensions mm
Flowrate Voltage
Models Inlet Inlet Weight kg Unit Price
L/min Vac
Pressure Pressure A B C

CO2RP015 1.5 4barg 10.5barg 110/230 310 380 90 8 P.O.A.

CO2RP140 14 4barg 10.5barg 110/230 310 470 90 10 P.O.A.
CO2RP280 28 4barg 10.5barg 110/230 310 710 90 12 P.O.A.
CO2RP850 85 4barg 10.5barg 110/230 420 1020 150 36 P.O.A.

A C

Air Purity
Max. Working pressure: 10.5 barg

CO2 Content: <1ppm

B Pressure dewpoint: -70°C (-100°F)

Non-methane HC’s <0.003 ppm

Purity: particles <1.0 micron

61 Stocked item 14 - 21 days 3 - 5 weeks Lead time on application

* Subject to confirmation and standard terms & conditions.
NitroFlow® Basic
Most reliable & low running cost
nitrogen unit due to special
Parker-principle
Features
- Only requires electrical power in order to produce nitrogen
- Unlimited nitrogen supply
- Nitrogen purity 93% to 99.9%
- Capacity up to 50 Nlpm
- Oxygen indicator included
- Minimal maintenance
- Low and high nitrogen pressure available
- Mobile and wall-mounted versions
- Wall-mount gas Mix Add-on for N ² –CO ² mixture

Product description The Mix Add-on for the wall- pressure when this is required or
Parker nitrogen generators are mounted version incorporates a when nitrogen storage is needed.
based on Parker hollow fibre gas blender, which enables you An optional additional storage
membrane technology, which to produce nitrogen-CO ² blends vessel enables variable or peak
makes it possible to separate using an external source of CO ². consumption to be handled.
air into nitrogen and an oxygen- NitroFlow Basic will automatically
enriched stream. A unique process and system switch on and off, depending on
NitroFlow Basic covers a range design eliminates the need for the nitrogen demand from the
of models each with its built-in condensed water removal and storage vessel.
compressor system, so you can draining, ensuring the long-
produce nitrogen from ambient air est compressor and membrane With low running costs, NitroFlow
simply by connecting to a mains life. Both low and high pressure Basic offers an unlimited and
voltage power source. nitrogen generation is possible. reliable source of nitrogen with
Using low pressure when no pres- virtually no maintenance.
sure is needed and opting for high

Mobile unit Wall Mounted Mix Add-on Easy operation

- Compact unit - even fits under - Two nitrogen-CO ² blends - Plug and play. Stand alone unit –
a desk produced simultaneously no compressed air source
- Easy to move around - Ultimate flexibility. Mix Add- required
on can be placed left, right or - One man installation
Wall Mounted Unit underneath the NitroFlow Basic - Easy wall-bracket mounting
- Compact design
- O ² indicator included Integrated compressors Maintenance
- Ready to connect to a nitrogen - Both low pressure and high - Easy access
storage vessel pressure possible - Only 1 carbon adsorber inlet filter
- Maximum compressor life - Easy compressor change-out
due to low pressure nitrogen - Lowest maintenance cost of any
generation generator
- Optimised heat-management
- Silent design

www.parker.com 62
 Specifications
Minimum nitrogen production capacity
Capacity [Nlpm] at nominal conditions: ambient temperature 20˚C, ambient pressure 1013 mbar(a)

Low Pressure (LP) max. 2 bar(g) nitrogen pressure

Nitrogen purity % 99.9 99.7 99.5 99 98 97 96 95 93

Nl p m 10 15 18 24 31 35 40 43 50

High Pressure (HP) max. 8 bar(g) nitrogen pressure

Nitrogen purity % 99.9 99.7 99.5 99 98 97 96 95 93

Nl p m 7.6 12 13 18 23 26 30 32 38

Calculation of overall mix gas capacity when using the NitroFlow Basic HP Mix option
Multiply the nitrogen capacity by the conversion factor given below

CO² percentage 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Conversion factor 1.11 1.25 1.42 1.67 2.0 2.5 3.33

Technical data

Data/Type generator NF Basic LP NF Basic HP NF Basic LP NF Basic HP NF Basic HP

Mobile Mobile Wall-Mounted Wall-Mounted Wall-Mounted
+ Mix Add-on
Max. delivery pressure 2.0 bar(g) 8.0 bar(g) 2.0 bar(g) 8.0 bar(g) 7 bar(g) mix-gas
Air quality Normal clean ambient air - relative humidity: < 90%
Temperature 10 - 35 °C
Connections Nitrogen and permeate outlet: G1/4 - 1/4 NPT”
Noise level < 5 8 dB A < 6 5 dB A
Electrical data Available as 120Vac/60Hz - 230Vac/50Hz
Power consumption 1.4 kW
Output signals Oxygen %, outlet pressure: analogue 4-20 mA - Alarm: potential free relay (max. 25V)
Input Digital input: switch on/off
Dimensions (HxWxD) 700 x 900 x 310 mm 775 x 380 x 380 mm depends on position
Mix Add-on
Weight 92.5 kg 75 kg 80 kg

Part numbers NF Basic LP NF Basic HP NF Basic LP NF Basic HP

Mobile Mobile Wall-Mounted Wall-Mounted
120 Vac / 60 Hz 159.003727 159.003364 159.003731 159.003735
230 Vac / 50 Hz 159.003728 159.003340 159.003732 159.003736
Maintenance kits - yearly 159.003754
Oxygen transmitter 159.002284 - replace once every 3 years

Position Mix Add-on Left Right Under

NitroFlow Mix Add-on 159.003755 159.003756 159.003832

Reference condition for Nlpm = 20˚C and 1013 mbar(a)

Parker Filtration & Separation B.V. has a continuous policy of product development and although the company reserved the right to change specifications, it attempts to
keep customers informed of any alterations. This publication is for general information only and customers are requested to contact your Parker sales representative for
detailed information and advice on a products suitablility for specific applications. All products are sold subject to the company’s standard conditions of sales.

63
NitroFlow®
Mid-size generator range
Features
- Available as low pressure (LP) and high pressure (HP) versions
- NitroFlow LP requires only electrical power in order to produce nitrogen
- NitroFlow HP can work with an existing central compressed air system or dedicated compressor
- Unlimited nitrogen supply
- Minimal maintenance
- Touch screen interface
- Easy installation

Product description The NitroFlow LP range has NitroFlow will automatically

Parker nitrogen generators are built-in compressors to produce switch on and off, depending on
based on Parker hollow fibre nitrogen from ambient air simply the nitrogen demand. With low
membrane technology, which by connecting to a main voltage running costs, NitroFlow offers
makes it possible to separate air power source. A unique process an unlimited, virtually mainte-
into nitrogen and an oxygen-en- and system design eliminates the nance-free and reliable source of
riched stream. need for condensed water removal nitrogen.
and draining, ensuring the longest
NitroFlow is available in both low compressor and membrane life.
pressure (LP) and high pressure
(HP) ranges. Using NitroFlow LP The NitroFlow HP range requires
when no pressure is needed and compressed air either from a cen-
opting for NitroFlow HP when the tral system, or from a dedicated
application requires for high pres- compressor. An optional additional
sure or when nitrogen storage is storage vessel enables variable or
needed. peak consumption to be handled.

NitroFlow LP unit Touch screen interface Easy installation

- Integrated compressors - Easy user interface - Connect power source
- Low pressure nitrogen up to - Extensive alarm and datalog - Connect air supply
2 bar(g) functions - Vent permeate
- Plug and play - Remote control option - Fork-lift truck access points
- Silent and vibration free - Data communication
- No condensate formed - Multi-language operation Maintenance
- Easy access
NitroFlow HP unit Modern design - Maintenance indication
- High quality integrated - Robust construction - Yearly filter exchange
compressed air filtration - Digital interface - Compressor requires no
- Works with standard compres- - Easily expandable maintenance
sed air house system 7 bar(g) or
dedicated compressor
- Modular design, unit can grow
with your factory

www.parker.com 64
 Specifications
Minimum nitrogen production capacity
Capacity [Nm³/hr] at nominal conditions: ambient temperature 20˚C, ambient pressure 1013 mbar(a)

NitroFlow LP with built-in compressors

Nitrogen purity % 99.5% 99% 98% 97% 96% 95% 93%

NitroFlow LP 1 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.7 3.1 3.5 4.1
NitroFlow LP 2 2.2 3.0 4.5 5.3 6.0 6.8 8.0
NitroFlow LP 3 3.4 5.3 6.6 7.8 9.0 10.2 12.2
NitroFlow LP 4 10.3 12.0 13.6 16.4

NitroFlow HP for connection to external compressed air supply at 7 bar(g) nominal inlet pressure

Nitrogen purity % 99.5 99 98 97 96 95

NitroFlow HP 1 1.7 2.5 3.8 5.0 6.3 7.5
NitroFlow HP 2 3.4 5.0 7.6 10.0 12.6 15.0
NitroFlow HP 3 5.1 7.5 11.4 15.0 18.9 22.5

For calculation of the capacity of the NitroFlow HP at feed pressures other than the nominal feedpressure:
multiply the nominal capacity by the correction factor for the pressure at the inlet of the NitroFlow HP.

Pressure bar(g) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Correction factor 0.65 0.8 1 1.15 1.3 1.5 1.65 1.8 2

Technical data

Data/Generator LP1 LP2 LP3 LP4 HP1 HP2 HP3

Max. delivery pressure 2.0 bar(g) Inlet pressure minus pressure drop
(2 bar max.)
Air quality Normal clean ambient air – relative humidity: < 90% Residual oil content < 3.0 mg / m³
Pressure dewpoint < 5°C
Temperature 10 – 35°C 10 - 40°C
Connections Nitrogen and permeate outlet: 1” Air inlet, nitrogen and permeate outlet: 1”
Noise level < 65 dBA < 45 dBA
Electrical data 230 Vac 1ph/50 Hz 400 Vac 3ph+N+PE/50 Hz 120-230 Vac 1ph/50-60 Hz
Power consumption 1.7 kW 3.2 kW 4.8 kW 6.3 kW 30 W
Output signals Oxygen %, outlet pressure: analogue 4-20 mA – Alarm: potential free relay (max. 25 V)
Input Digital input: switch on/off
Dimensions 1224 x 725 x 540 mm 1224 x 725 x 810 mm 1224 x 725 x 270 mm
Weight 150 kg 200 kg 320 kg 370 kg 85 kg 95 kg 105 kg

LP1 LP 2 LP 3 LP4 HP1 HP 2 HP 3

Part numbers 99.5% - 99% 99.5% - 99% 99.5%
159.004537 159.004538 159.004539
159.004031 159.004032 159.004033 159.004034
98% - 93% 98% - 93% 99% - 93%
159.004028 159.004029 159.004030
Maintenance kits – yearly 159.0 0 4 425 159.0 0 4 0 4 5
Oxygen transmitter 159.002284 - replace every 3 years

Reference condition for Nm³ = 20˚C and 1013 mbar(a)

Parker Filtration & Separation B.V. has a continuous policy of product development and although the company reserved the right to change specifications, it attempts to
keep customers informed of any alterations. This publication is for general information only and customers are requested to contact your Parker sales representative for
detailed information and advice on a products suitablility for specific applications. All products are sold subject to the company’s standard conditions of sales.

65
NitroSource®
Capacity up to 5000 Nm3/hr
Features
- Produces nitrogen from compressed air
- Can operate with existing central compressed air system
- Nitrogen purity up to 99.5%
- Capacity up to 5000 Nm³/hr
- Compressed air pre-treatment section included
- Minimum maintenance
- Digital data management
- Easy to expand
- Modular design

Product description and their sub-units can be con- trouble free operation with almost
Parker nitrogen generators are nected and controlled as one ge- no maintenance. The generator
based on Parker hollow fibre nerator. The NitroSource includes is ready to operate as soon as
membrane technology, which a high quality compressed air the compressed air supply is
makes it possible to separate filtration stage. connected.
air into nitrogen and an oxygen- This optimises the inlet com-
enriched air stream. The Nitro- pressed air quality, ensuring long The NitroSource offers an unlim-
Source industrial nitrogen genera- membrane life. The generator ited supply of nitrogen and can be
tor easily enables you to produce is equipped with a digital data connected to an external storage
nitrogen from compressed air. management system to monitor, vessel. This will ensure that the
store and communicate param- system is able to cope with peak
The NitroSource consists of a eters such as pressure, flow and demand in applications where the
main-unit that can be expanded residual oxygen concentration. nitrogen demand is variable.
with a maximum of 5 additional
subunits. Thanks to the master/ The installation has virtually no
slave feature, up to 11 main-units moving parts, resulting in reliable,

Main-unit Digital data management Easy start-up

- Robust industrial design - Data logging - Connect air supply
- Compact and modern - Status information - Connect power
- High quality pre-filtration stage - System set-up information - Vent permeate
- Maintenance indication - Easy set-up wizard
Sub-unit - Extensive data exchange
- Nitrogen modules facilities Maintenance
- Individual filtration - Detailed alarm functions - Easy access
- Easy to add to existing - Remote control option - Only occasional filter exchange
NitroSource required
Global design - Fork-lift truck access points
Master/slave option - Multi-language operation
- 11 main-units each with up to 5 - Universal power supply
sub-units can function as one - Choice of measurement units
generator
- Back-up option Easily expandable
- Multiple main-units equally used - Modular construction
- Data management and control - Easy to connect
via master unit - Up to 5 sub-units per main-unit

www.parker.com 66
 Specifications
Minimum nitrogen production capacity
Capacity [Nm³/hr] at nominal conditions: ambient temperature 20˚C, ambient pressure 1013 mbar(a).
Inlet pressure 7 bar(g)

Ni tr o g e n p u r i t y % 99.5 99 98 97 96 95
Capacity per unit in Nm³ /hr 6.0 9.4 16.2 22 28 34
M ain - uni t 6.0 9. 4 16.2 22 28 34
M ain - uni t + 1 s ub - uni t 12.0 18.8 32, 4 44 56 68
M ain - uni t + 2 s ub - uni t s 18.0 2 8.2 4 8 .6 66 84 102
M ain - uni t + 3 s ub - uni t s 2 4 .0 37.6 6 4 .8 88 112 13 6
M ain - uni t + 4 s ub - uni t s 3 0.0 47.0 81.0 110 14 0 170
M ain - uni t + 5 s ub - uni t s 3 6.0 5 6. 4 97.2 132 16 8 204

For calculation of the capacity at feed pressures other than the nominal feed pressure: multiply the nominal
capacity by the correction factor for the pressure at the inlet of the NitroSource.

Pressure bar(g) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Correction factor 0.35 0.51 0.76 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.90 2.10 2.40

Technical data

Data/NitroSource Unit NitroSource Main-unit NitroSource Sub-unit

Max. delivery pressure Inlet pressure minus pressure drop (2 bar max.)
Max. feed pressure 13 bar(g)
Temperature 10-40°C
Residual oil content < 3.0 mg/m3
Presssure dew point < 5°C
Noise level < 45 dB(A)
Connections Air inlet: G 1¼” - Outlet G 1” - Permeate vent: 110 mm Nitrogen outlet:G 1” -
Permeate vent: 110 mm
Electrical data 90-250 VAC/50-60 Hz
Output signals 0 - 10 volt: oxygen, inlet pressure, fl ow rate (optional)
RS232: datalogging
Potential free relay: compressor start/stop, alarm, drain
Input Digital input: switch on/off
Dimensions (HxWxD) 1928 x 725 x 490 mm 1928 x 725 x 270 mm
Weight 180 kg 95 kg

NitroSource Main-unit NitroSource Sub-unit

Part numbers 159.003552 159.003553
Maintenance kits - yearly 159.003569 159.003570
Oxygen transmitter 159.002284 - replace once every 3 years

Reference condition for Nm³ = 20˚C and 1013 mbar(a)

Parker Filtration & Separation B.V. has a continuous policy of product development and although the company reserved the right to change specifications, it attempts to
keep customers informed of any alterations. This publication is for general information only and customers are requested to contact your Parker sales representative for
detailed information and advice on a products suitablility for specific applications. All products are sold subject to the company’s standard conditions of sales.

67
 Process Filtration
....providing complete filtration solutions

domnick hunter Process Filtration specialises in the manufacture and supply of high quality products
for the clarification, stabilisation and sterilisation of liquids and gases, providing full scaleability from
membrane flat stock discs to multi-element filter systems. Each filter range has been specifically
developed for industry requirements.
We have a vast range of filtration experience enabling us to provide innovative and cost effective
solutions for all your filtration requirements.
domnick hunter’s commitment to service is reflected in our comprehensive before and after sales
service.
Our worldwide assistance extends to on-site evaluations, design, manufacture,validation, quality control
and ongoing support long after the filters are installed.
We supply the best products for you, when and where you need them.
We have a vast range of filtration experience enabling us to provide cost effective solutions to all your
filtration requirements. We have the capability to work across application areas including:

• Biopharmaceutical
• Beverage
• Chemical
• Electronics
• Fermentation
• Food and Dairy
• Healthcare and Cosmetics
• Hospitals
• Paints and Inks
• Petrochemical

www.parker.com 68
Process Chiller
Precision chilled water

WHY AN INDUSTRIAL CHILLER?

The use of cold water is very common in industry. The motives are obvious: cold water improves productivity, secures industrial processes and
reduces costs. There are several methods of creating cold water, but water chillers are increasingly becoming the preferred solution. But why? Firstly,
chillers always supply the exact water temperature requested, even with differing ambient conditions and differing load requests, thus ensuring
optimum efficiency. Water has furthermore become a very precious, and costly, natural resource. Chillers, by operating in a closed circuit, continuously
reutilise the same water, and thereby avoid unwanted water wastages. Add to this the fact that a number of directives have recently emerged to
safeguard both the quality of the water being utilised (for health reasons) as well as the discharging of impure water into the ambient (to protect the
environment): closed circuit chiller operation greatly simplifies conformance to these regulations.The needs of industry are changing, and a water
chiller increasingly satisfies these needs.

APPLICATIONS BENEFITS
• Food (drinks, confectionery, processing, storage) • Increases productivity, reduces costs
• Plastics (injection, blow moulding, extrusion, film extrusion, thermoforming) • Optimises industrial applications
• Lasers (welding, profiling, cutting, optics, medical, aesthetics) • Adaptable to individual customer needs
• Paper (manufacture, printing, cardboard, labels, plastic film) • Accepts a range of temperatures & flows
• Chemical (petrochemical, paints, solvents, temperature control)
• Air conditioning (civil, industrial, process)
• Mechanical (welding, cutting, profiling, polishing, rolling)
• Other (wood, ceramics, gold & silver, pharmaceutical, compressed air, textile)

Cooling capacity (kW)1 Flow m3/h Tank Capacity Dimensions (mm) UNIT PRICE $
Model Pipe size Weight
Air Cooled Water Cooled Nom Max Litres DEPTH WIDTH HEIGHT
ICE003 2.5 N/A 0.2/2.4 25 1" 530 750 800 105 P.O.A.
ICE005 5.1 N/A 0.8/2.4 25 1" 530 750 800 110 P.O.A.
ICE007 7 N/A 1.3/3 45 1" 980 534 1228 170 P.O.A.
ICE010 9.5 N/A 1.5/3 45 1" 980 534 1228 180 P.O.A.
ICE015 14.3 ON REQUEST 2.3/6 120 1 1/4" 1122 730 1358 250 P.O.A.
ICE022 21.8 ON REQUEST 3.5/9.6 120 1 1/4" 1122 730 1358 270 P.O.A.
ICE029 28.1 29.6 4.5/9.6 180 1 1/2" 1650 744 1358 380 P.O.A.
ICE039 38.2 39.5 6.3/9.6 180 1 1/2" 1650 744 1358 410 P.O.A.
ICE046 45.2 47.6 7.6/18 250 1 1/2" 1650 744 1358 430 P.O.A.
ICE057 56.4 59 9.3/18 300 1 1/2" 2200 744 1358 520 P.O.A.
ICE076 76 79.8 13/18 500 2" 2200 898 1954 800 P.O.A.
ICE090 90.2 97.5 15/26 500 2" 2200 898 1954 900 P.O.A.
ICE116 115.5 120.1 19/27 500 2" 2200 898 1954 1000 P.O.A.
ICE150 149.2 156.7 25/50 1000 2 1/2" 3000 1290 2272 1500 P.O.A.
ICE183 182.3 195 30/50 1000 2 1/2" 3000 1290 2272 1800 P.O.A.
ICE230 227.9 ON REQUEST 39/48 1000 2 1/2" 3270 1290 2272 2100 P.O.A.
ICE310 309.1 N/A 52/90 400 4" 4210 1510 2238 2900 P.O.A.
ICE360 359.7 N/A 62/90 400 4" 4210 1510 2238 3100 P.O.A.

SUITED TO ALL OPERATING CONDITIONS

Hyperchill standardly accepts water inlet temperatures up to 30°C, and delivers outlet temperatures down to 0°C *. Inlet/outlet temperature differences of as much as 15°C can be obtained.
Hyperchill operates with ambient temperatures up to 45°C, even with high water temperatures and during start-up. Models from ICE007 can be installed outdoors. The water by-pass (standard
on ICE005-230) guarantees fault-free operation with fluctuating water flows and facilitates chiller start-up.(* with water/glycol mixtures)

Correction factors for the calculation of the cooling capacity

A) Ambient temp. (air cooled models) °C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Correction factor 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1 0.95 0.89 0.83 0.77
B) Water outlet temp. °C 5 10 15 20 25
Correction factor 0.72 0.86 1 1 1
C) Glycol (in weight) % 10 20 30 40 50
Correction factor 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.1 0.94
D) Condenser H20 inlet temp
°C 20 25 30 35 40
(water cooled)
Correction factor 1 0.95 0.9 0.85 0.8

To obtain the required cooling capacity of the required chiller, multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling
capacity = PxAxBxCxD, where P is the cooling capacity) to get the sized capacity. ICE, in its standard configuration, can operate up to ambient
temperatures of max 45°C and min. 5°C and water temperatures of max. 30°C inlet and min.0°C outlet. The above correction factors are
approximation only: for a precise selection always refer to the software selection program.

69
 Compressed Air
Hollow Fiber
Membrane Dryers

Bulletin 1300 - 800/USA

Dryers
Dryers

Finite ®

www.parker.com 70
 FMD-Series Hollow Fiber Membrane Technology
Finite®, the world leader in coalescing
media development, has combined
its proven coalescing filtration with a
modern alternative to pressure swing
and refrigerant dryer technologies.

Finite®'s membrane dryers are

available in 10 models which can supply Inlet
clean, dry compressed air with dewpoints
as low as -40°F (@10 SCFM) and +35° F
(@40 SCFM).

These membrane dryers are engineered

for easy installation, minimal maintenance, Purge
and long term reliability. Air
Out

How It Works: O2 (Oxygen)

The water vapor in the compressed air
H2O (Water)
is removed by the principle of selective
permeation through a membrane. The N2 (Nitrogen)
membrane module consists of bundles of
hollow membrane fibers, each permeable
to water vapor. As the compressed air
passes through the center of these fibers,
water vapor permeates through the walls
of the fiber. A small portion of the dry
Dryers

air (purge flow) is redirected along the

outside of each hollow fiber, carrying
away the moisture-laden air which is then
Exhausted to room atmosphere. The
remainder of the dry air is piped to the
application.

NOTE: In all cases a Grade 10 prefilter

and a Grade 6 coalescer are installed Clean, Dry Air Out
upstream of the dryer module for
99.9985% removal of oil aerosols
and mists.

Applications

 Air bearings  General laboratory air supply  Prevention of air line

 Analytical instrumentation  Laboratory grade air freeze ups
 Coordinate measurement  Laser and optical purge  Purge air for electronic
machines (CMM)  Low dewpoint instrument air cabinets
 Dental air  OEM machine builders  Purge air for moisture sensitive
 Dry air for hazardous areas  Pneumatic equipment coatings and adhesives
 Electrostatic painting

71
Features Advantages Benefits
 No moving parts Nothing to wear out Less downtime

 Quiet Can be installed anywhere Perfect for point-of-use applications

 Designed for point of use Lightweight Ease of installation

 Continuous operation No waiting for media changeouts Less downtime

 Differential pressure indicator Indicates when filter element should Dryer protection insurance
(on selected models) be changed

 Hollow fiber technology No electricity Low operating cost

No U.L. approval required OEM cost savings
No refrigerants Environmentally friendly
Low dewpoints Prevents freezing

 Non oxygen depleting Only water vapor molecules Dryers can be used in
membrane fibers are allowed to pass through medical, dental and breathing
fiber walls air applications
+35° F +35° F
Dewpoint Dewpoint
Part Number FMD35-006 Dryers Part Number FMD35-015 Dryers
Specifications: Specifications:

Width 5.5" (14.00 cm) Width 6.5" (16.51 cm)

Height 14.5" (36.83 cm) Height 15" (38.10 cm)

Port Size 1/4" NPT Port Size 1/4" NPT

Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG

Dryers
Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar) Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar)

Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F

Range (4.4o-37.8o C) Range (4.4o-37.8o C)

Purge Flow 0.25 SCFM Purge Flow 0.5 SCFM

@ 100 PSI (0.43 NM3/H) @ 100 PSI (0.85 NM3/H)

Pre-coalescer Part # Q1S-10HM06-013 Pre-coalescer Part # Q1S-10HM06-013

Replacement element: 10HM06-013 Replacement element: 10HM06-013

Coalescer Part # Q1S-6HM06-013 Coalescer Part # Q1S-6HM06-013

Replacement element: 6HM06-013 Replacement element: 6HM06-013

Weight 0.7 lbs. Weight 1.9 lbs.

(.38 kg) (.86 kg)

FMD35-006 @ 75° F FMD35-015 @ 100° F

Product Flow (slpm) Product Flow (Nm3/h)
0 1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 7.0
0 5.7 11.3 17.0 22.6 28.3 34 80 45
80 45 125 psig
125 psig
70 39
70 100 psig 39 100 psig
60 34
Dewpoint Suppression (F)
Dewpoint Suppression (C)

60
Dewpoint Suppression (C)

34
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

60 psig
50 28
50 28
40 22
40 8.6 bar
22 60 psig 8.6 bar
6.9 bar 30 17
30 17 6.9 bar
20 11
20 11 4.1 bar
4.1 bar
10 6
10 6
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
Product Flow (scfm)
Product Flow (scfm)

Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow

www.parker.com 72
 +35° F
Dewpoint
Part Number FMD35-060 Dryers

Specifications:

Width 10" (25.4 cm) FMD35-060 @ 100° F

Product Flow (Nm3/h)
Height 22" (55.88 cm)
0 3.4 5.6 10.2 13.6 17 20.4
120 66
Port Size 1/4" NPT 100 55

Dewpoint
Dewpoint Suppression
Dewpoint Suppression (F)
125 psig

Dewpoint Suppression (F)

80 44
Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG 100 psig

Suppression(C)
Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar) 60
60 psig
33
8.6 bar
40 22
Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F 6.9 bar

(C)
Range (4.4o-37.8o C) 20 4.1 bar 11

0 0
Purge Flow 1.5 SCFM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
@ 100 PSI (2.55 NM3/H) Product Flow (scfm)

Pre-coalescer Part # HN1S-10CW Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow
Replacement element: 10C10-025

Coalescer Part # HN1S-6CW

Replacement element: 6C10-025

Weight 5.2 lbs.

(2.36 kg)

+35° F +35° F
Dewpoint Dewpoint
Part Number FMD35-100 Dryers
Part Number FMD35-400 Dryers

Specifications: Specifications:

Width 11.5" (29.21 cm) Width 14" (35.56 cm)

Height 22" (55.88 cm) Height 38" (96.52 cm)

Port Size 1/2" NPT Port Size 1/2" NPT

Dryers

Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG

Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar) Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar)

Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F

Range (4.4o-37.8o C) Range (4.4o-37.8o C)

Purge Flow 3.5 SCFM Purge Flow 6 SCFM

@ 100 PSI (5.95 NM3/H) @ 100 PSI (4.2 NM3/H)

Pre-coalescer Part # HN2S-10CW Pre-coalescer Part # HN2L-10CW

Replacement element: 10C10-025 Replacement element: 10C10-050

Coalescer Part # HN2S-6CW Coalescer Part # HN2L-6CW

Replacement element: 6C10-025 Replacement element: 6C10-050

Weight . 7.1 lbs. Weight 18.9 lbs.

(3.22 kg) (8.57 kg)

FMD35-100 @ 100° F FMD35-400 @ 100° F

Product Flow (Nm3/h)
Product Flow
0 8.5 17 25.5 34 42.5 51 0 17 34 51 68 85 102
80 45 160 89

70 39
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

125 psig 140 78

125 psig
Dewpoint Suppression (C)

60 100 psig 34 120 67

Dewpoint Suppression (F)
Dewpoint Suppression (C)

100 psig
50 28 100 56

40 60 psig
22 80
60 psig
44
8.6 bar
30 17 60
8.6 bar
33

6.9 bar
40
20 11 6.9 bar 22

4.1 bar 20
10 6 4.1 bar
11

0 0
0 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Product Flow (scfm)

Product Flow (scfm)

Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow

73
 -40° F -40° F
Part Number FMD40-001 Dewpoint Part Number FMD40-002 Dewpoint
Dryers Dryers
Specifications: Specifications:

Width 5.5" (14.00 cm) Width 6.5" (16.51 cm)

Height 14.5" (36.83 cm) Height 15" (38.10 cm)

Port Size 1/4" NPT Port Size 1/4" NPT

Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG

Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar) Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar)

Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F

Range (4.4o-37.8o C) Range (4.4o-37.8o C)

Purge Flow 0.25 SCFM Purge Flow 0.2 SCFM

@ 100 PSI (0.43 NM3/H) @ 100 PSI (0.34 NM3/H)

Pre-coalescer Part # Q1S-10HM06-013 Pre-coalescer Part # Q1S-10HM06-013

Replacement element: 10HM06-013 Replacement element: 10HM06-013

Coalescer Part # Q1S-6HM06-013 Coalescer Part # Q1S-6HM06-013

Replacement element: 6HM06-013 Replacement element: 6HM06-013

Weight 0.7 lbs. Weight 1.9 lbs.

(.38 kg) (.86 kg)
FMD40-001 @ 75° F FMD40-002
FMD40-002 @@ 100F F
100º
Product Flow (slpm)
Product Flow (Nm3/h)
0 1.4 2.8 4.2 5.7 7.1 0 .34 .68 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.0
120 66 90 125 psig 50
125 psig 80 45
55
Dewpoint Suppression (C)
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

100 100 psig

70 39

Dewpoint Suppression (C)

100 psig
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

44 60 34
80 8.6 bar
8.6 bar
60 psig
60 psig
6.9 bar
50 28
6.9 bar
60 33 40 22
30 17
4.1 bar
22 4.1 bar
40
20 11
20 11 10 6
0 0
0 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25
Product
Productflow
Flow(scfm)
(scfm)

Dryers
Product Flow (scfm)

Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow

-40° F
Part Number FMD40-020 Dewpoint
Dryers

Specifications:
FMD40-020 @ 100° F
Width 10" (25.4 cm) Product Flow (Nm3/h)
Height 22" (55.88 cm) 0 0.9 1.7 2.6 3.4 4.3 5.1
200 111

Port Size 1/4" NPT 180 125 psig

100
160
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

89
Dewpoint Suppression (C)

100 psig
140 78
Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG 120 67
Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar) 100
60 psig
56
8.6 bar
80 44
6.9 bar
Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F 60 33
Range (4.4o-37.8o C) 40
4.1 bar
22
20 11

Purge Flow 0.5 SCFM 0 0

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
@ 100 PSI (.85 NM3/H)
Product Flow (scfm)

Pre-coalescer Part # HN1S-10CW

Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow
Replacement element: 10C10-025

Coalescer Part # HN1S-6CW

Replacement element: 6C10-025

Weight 5.2 lbs.

(2.36 kg)

www.parker.com 74
 -40° F -40° F
Part Number FMD40-050 Dewpoint Part Number FMD40-100 Dewpoint
Dryers Dryers

Specifications: Specifications:

Width 14" (35.56 cm) Width 14" (35.56 cm)

Height 26" (66.04 cm) Height 38" (96.52 cm)

Port Size 1/2" NPT Port Size 1/2" NPT

Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG Min./Max. 60/150 PSIG

Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar) Inlet Pressure (4.1-10.3 bar)

Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F Ambient/Inlet Temp. 40o-100o F

Range (4.4o-37.8o C) Range (4.4o-37.8o C)

Purge Flow 2 SCFM Purge Flow 2.5 SCFM

@ 100 PSI (3.4 NM3/H) @ 100 PSI (4.25 NM3/H)

Pre-coalescer Part # HN2S-10CW Pre-coalescer Part # HN2L-10CW

Replacement element: 10C10-025 Replacement element: 10C10-050

Coalescer Part # HN2S-6CW Coalescer Part # HN2L-6CW

Replacement element: 6C10-025 Replacement element: 6C10-050

Weight 13.3 lbs. Weight 18.9 lbs.

(3.22 kg) (8.57 kg)

FMD40-050 @ 100° F FMD40-100 @ 100° F

Product Flow (Nm3/h) Product Flow (Nm3/h)
0 1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5 10.2 11.9
160 89 0 3.4 6.8 10.2 13.6 17 20.4 23.8
125 psig
160 89
140 78 140 78
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

Dewpoint Suppression (C)

125 psig
66

Dewpoint Suppression (C)

120 100 psig 120 67
Dewpoint Suppression (F)

8.6 bar 100 psig

100 55 8.6 bar
60 psig
100 56
6.9 bar
6.9 bar
44
Dryers

80 80
60 psig
44
60 33
60 33
40 22 40 22
4.1 bar 4.1 bar
20 11
20 11

0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Product Flow (scfm) Product Flow (scfm)

Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow Total Air Consumption = Purge Flow + Product Flow

75
 Compressed Air & Gas
Desiccant Dryers
For Point of Use and OEM Applications

Bulletin 1300 - 850/USA

Dryers

Finite ®

www.parker.com 76
 FDD DESICCANT DRYER SERIES
Air
Dry

• 1/4" to 1" NPT Ports

• Capacities to 60 SCFM Out
• Pressure Dewpoints Down to -40° F
Air
Wet

F inite® Filter’s unique in-line air/gas dryer Quick

Remove
system is engineered for easy desiccant In Collar
changeouts, longer life and lower pressure drop.
Built In Screen
Prevents
The FDD Series is designed to remove water Desiccant
vapor and aerosols at point-of-use for intermittent From Going
Down Tube
flows up to 60 SCFM. Finite dryers do not require on Refill
steady flow for constant dewpoint supression. This FDD Series
cutaway shows how Blue Silica Gel
air flow is directed Desiccant
A color changing moisture indicator with visual downward through the Beads Turn
desiccant and filtered Pink When
sight gauge indicates the need for desiccant prior to exiting the dryer. Saturated
replacement.

STANDARD FEATURES
• Zinc Head/Steel Bowl with Integral Sightglass
• Sintered Bronze Elements (prevent desiccant carry over)
Dryers

• Collar Designed for Easy Changeouts

• Maximum Operating Temperature: 180° F
• Maximum Working Pressure: 300 PSI
• Optimum Working Temperature: Below 100° F

Sintered Bronze
Element
Minimizes
Desiccant
Built In Sightglass Allows Migration
Easy Monitoring Of
Desiccant Color Change

APPLICATIONS
• Intermittent Air Use
• Clean, Dry Air for Pneumatic Applications
• Instrument Protection
• Air Tools Protection Against Gumming
and Oxidation
• Auto Body Paint Systems -
Helps Prevent Fish Eye Defects
• Valve Actuation - Instrument Air
The new FDD Series offers clean dry air for intermittent usage.

77
DESICCANT TYPES WHY Finite® DESICCANT DRYERS?
SILICA GEL — Finite Filter’s Finite® desiccant dryers are the simplest and
100 percent indicating silica most reliable method of ensuring your sensitive
gel provides Maximum pneumatic equipment is not exposed to damaging
moisture adsorption and moisture. When air is compressed, the temperature
dewpoints down to -40° F. of air is increased as is its capacity to hold
Silica Gel a popular choice moisture. As the hot moist air travels downstream
for the FDD series. through the pipelines,
it cools, allowing the
Outstanding features of Silica Gel include: moisture to condense.
• High adsorption capacity - average surface area Aftercoolers, filters, FDD15
for each bead is over 200 ft2 drain traps and drip • 1/4" - 3/4" NPT
• Flows to 15 SCFM
• Low abrasion, due to high mechanical strength legs are effective for • Low Flow
for long service life removing condensate. Intermittent Use

• Ideal packing in bowl due to bead shape For removing residual

• Uniform color change water vapor and aerosols,
• Excellent regeneration characteristics use the Finite desiccant
dryer.
As the silica beads adsorb moisture, they change FDD30
• 3/8" - 1" NPT
from blue to pink, indicating the need for replacement • Flows to 30 SCFM
or regeneration. The desiccant can be regenerated • Medium Flow for
Intermittent Use or Longer Time
by heating in a drying oven to a temperature higher
than 212° F but not over 350° F. Desiccant may also HOW DO Between Desiccant Changeouts

be regenerated in microwave ovens. THEY WORK?

MOLECULAR SIEVE — Molecular sieves are As the wet com-
crystalline, metallic aluminum silicates. The type pressed air flows
FDD60
• 1/2" - 1" NPT
4A offers exceptional water vapor adsorption through the inlet • Flows to 60 SCFM

Dryers
• For Intermittent Use or
characteristics. Dewpoints are attainable to -40° F. port and down Longer Time Between
through the bed of Desiccant Changeouts
desiccant, the
desiccant beads adsorb the water vapor and
RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION aerosols. The silica gel beads are so effective in
adsorption, the air humidity can be reduced to a
-40° F pressure dew point. Unless your com-
pressed air is exposed to a temperature below the
PRE-
COALESCING COALESCING DESICCANT PARTICULATE
dewpoint, there will be no further condensation
FILTER FILTER DRYER FILTER
AIR COMPRESSOR
AFTERCOOLER
& forming in your air lines.
DRAIN TRAP

After the moisture has been removed, the dry air

passes through a sintered bronze element, up the
10C
6C
3PU center tube, and exits through the outlet port. As
FDD
long as the desiccant is replaced regularly, your
equipment will receive ultra dry, moisture-free air.
• Always place a moisture separator and/or pre-coalescing
filter upstream to remove bulk liquids

• Always place a coalescing filter upstream to remove oil.

Desiccant coated with oil will not adsorb moisture
This sight gauge shows
the color of the silica gel.
• A 3 micron (or better) particulate filter is recommended
When the gel turns from
downstream to remove desiccant dust in critical applications blue to pink, it is time to
change the desiccant.

www.parker.com 78
 DIMENSIONS

A* B* C D E Weight
FDD15 4 15/16 4 1/16 13/16 12 11/16 13 1/2 8 lbs.
FDD30 4 15/16 4 1/16 13/16 22 7/16 23 1/4 13 lbs.
FDD60 4 15/16 4 1/16 13/16 29 7/16 30 1/4 20 lbs.
*Dimensions A & B do not include reducer bushings
Note: Weight is for housing only. Bowl removal requires a minimum of 2”.

ORDERING INFORMATION

MODEL NO. PIPE FLOW BOWL CAPACITY

HOUSING ONLY** SIZE CAPACITY DESICCANT (LBS) PERFORMANCE
(NPT)
FDD15-02*
FDD15-03*
1/4”
3/8”
15 SCFM
15 SCFM
2 1/2
2 1/2 T he flow capacities in the table are
nominal ratings provided for reference.
These capacities are recommended
FDD15-04* 1/2” 15 SCFM 2 1/2
FDD15-06 3/4” 15 SCFM 2 1/2 for minimal pressure drop and average
FDD30-03* 3/8” 30 SCFM 5
desiccant life. A supply of low flow/low
FDD30-04* 1/2” 30 SCFM 5
humidity air will provide longer desiccant
life, whereas high flow/high humidity air
FDD30-06 3/4” 30 SCFM 5
will require more frequent desiccant
FDD30-08 1” 30 SCFM 5
changes.
FDD60-04* 1/2” 60 SCFM 10
Installed in an application with intermittent
Dryers

FDD60-06 3/4” 60 SCFM 10

flow, Finite desiccant dryers will typically
FDD60-08 1” 60 SCFM 10 dry air for weeks before the silica gel
*These dryers supplied with reducer bushings. desiccant requires replacement or
**Desiccant sold separately. regeneration.

DESICCANT
TYPE
Silica Gel
5 LB
CAN
FSGM100-1
MASTER PACK
4X5 LB CAN
FSGM100-4
DID YOU KNOW
?
When a grade 6 microglass

?
(all indicating) coalescer is installed ahead of
Molecular Sieve
(non-indicating)

For detailed performance curves,

please contact Finite Filter. ®
FMS100-1 FMS100-4

?an FDD Dryer, 99.97% of all

contaminants are removed and
desiccant life is greatly enhanced.

SPARE PARTS
MODEL NUMBER REPAIR KIT ELEMENTS
FDD15 FRKDD15-02-06 F504Z77-90
FDD30 FRKDD30-03-08 F504Z77-90
FDD60 FRKDD60-03-08 EK602B-BR
Note: A repair kit consists of a filter element, filter retainer, o-ring, stud, bottom nut,
PVC tube and a strainer.

79
 High Pressure Filters
Compressed Air & Gas

• CNG and Alternative Fuel Filters

• Pressures to 6000 PSIG

• Ductile Iron, Stainless Steel & Aluminum Housings

Bulletin 1300 - 997/USA

High Pressure
& CNG Filters

Finite ®

www.parker.com 80
 H
igh pressure compressors are used in a variety of
“High pressure applications. Many owners, operators and designers
of high pressure compressed air or gas systems rely on
systems are plagued Finite for high-quality air treatment filters. End users of high
pressure compressed air, such as scuba divers and fire rescue
with problems of workers, depend on this high quality breathable air.

Throughout the stages of compression many contaminants

contamination can enter into the system. Excessive amounts of liquid
aerosols and solid particulate contamination are common
and require in high pressure systems. In addition, higher temperature
levels are possible and may cause liquid oils to varnish. This
filtration contamination can lead to poor component performance
and wear that may lead to unscheduled maintenance.
protection.” Even submicronic contaminants in compressed air or
gas systems can foul multistage compressors, increase
maintenance costs or eventually make it into your final
product.

Finite offers a variety of high pressure compressed air

and gas filters. With our wide range of elements, we have
a solution for every stage of compression, as well as at the
point of use. Whether you are storing high pressure air or
gas or using a continuous flow, count on Finite to protect your
equipment from contamination. Finite is the solution to ending
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

high pressure contamination fouling.

Alternative Vehicles Need High Pressure Filtration

C ompressed Natural Gas, or CNG, is
a leading alternative to traditional
fuel for the automotive industry. CNG is
travels to a connecting compressor station.
The gas is elevated to pressures ranging
from 2000 PSIG up to 5000 PSIG and the
during handling, water that condenses in
tanks and compressors that leak oil into
the fuel stream are all problems that could
used in passenger vehicles, pickup trucks, resultant CNG is stored in large tanks. The shorten the life of expensive equipment,
in transit and on school buses. It can be CNG then makes its way to a gas dispenser create unnecessary downtime and increase
less expensive than gasoline, and is more where it is ready for use in natural gas maintenance costs.
environmentally friendly – it reduces vehicles. From pipeline to engine, Finite filters
the amount of carbon monoxide, carbon Contaminants can enter into the gas at provide the critical filtration required
dioxide and hydrocarbon vehicle Exhaust any stage of this processing. Filters are for most alternative fuel systems.
emissions. critical at each stage to ensure clean gas as See page 67 for more detailed information
Natural gas is gathered from a pipeline and a final product. Contamination that collects on this application.

81
 How to select your Finite Filter...
The following steps will help you Evaluate the requirements of your What type of filtration is needed?
to choose the correct filter for application. The sketches on pages Coalescing filter media removes
your application. If there are other 66-67 depict popular Examples of solid and liquid contaminants from
factors involved or if you have breathing air, PET bottle blowing gas streams. Particulate filter
special requirements, call one of and alternative fuel applications. media removes solids from gas
Finite’s application engineers. streams. Adsorber media removes
hydrocarbon vapors from gas
streams. See pages 68-69 for more
detailed information.

Are you searching for a specific What are the operating conditions Sizing: Flow charts are provided
micron rating... or efficiency rating? of your application? Key criteria for each high pressure filter
If so, pages 69 provide a complete to consider: flow, pressure, series. Flows are listed at various
breakdown of Finite’s filter media temperature, materials of operating pressures. Filters are
grades and their performance construction (stainless steel, nylon, available with flows up to 6500
specifications. aluminum, etc.). Pages 70-89 SCFM and pressure ratings up to
provide detailed descriptions of the 6000 PSIG.
various products available.

High Pressure
& CNG Filters

www.parker.com 82
 Applications

High Pressure Breathing Air

The filtration of compressed air is equipment, and emergency respiratory fully operational. At the source, a
critical to ensure that it meets stringent gear. Any contaminants in the air stream coalescing filter will remove any oil or
air quality requirements for use in may cause equipment damage and other liquid contaminants that may be
breathing air applications as set forth malfunction, requiring costly repairs and carried downstream. At the point of use,
by North American agencies such as replacements, and ultimately creating a conventional compressed air must be free
the Occupational Health and Safety hazardous situation for any users of high of impurities such as moisture, oil vapors
Administration (OSHA) and Canadian pressure breathing air apparatus. The and any harmful tastes and/or odors
Standards Association (CSA). Breathing use of filters will protect the consumer’s before it can safely be used as breathing air.
CNG Filters

air is used for scuba tanks, fire rescue health and keep equipment safe and

For more information on H-Series filters, please see Bulletin 1300-993C.

High Pressure
& CNG Filters

PET Blow Molding

PET, or polyethylene terepthalate, is a recyclable material used to make bottles by blow molding.
Food and beverage containers are just a few of the many products that can be manufactured from
this thermoplastic. In order to ensure that these products remain contaminant free throughout
a process, they must be manufactured with
clean, dry air. The proper combination of
filters will prevent compressor oils, pipe scale
and other damaging impurities from building
up on equipment.

83
At the CNG Fueling Station
Installing a lower pressure particulate filter (H-Series Housing 3PU Media) before the compressor station will remove
pipe scale to prevent compressor damage. Before the gas is transported from storage to the dispenser, prefiltration of
the gas with two-stage coalescing will eliminate solids, oil and water generated during underground transit. For extra
protection, a high efficiency coalescer should be placed at the gas dispenser to protect sensitive dispenser metering
equipment and prevent oil from making its way into the vehicle.

For more information on H-Series filters, please see Bulletin 1300-993C.

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Other applications
include:
• General high pressure
compressed air

• High pressure testing

• Offshore applications

Onboard CNG Vehicles • High pressure gas storage

Filtration is the key to guarding against damaging contaminants that could ruin a • Corrosive gases
fuel system. Installing a coalescer upstream of the high pressure regulator extends
the system’s life and reduces maintenance costs. A low pressure filter can also be used • Specialty gases
downstream of the regulator to protect other fuel injection system components.
• Air-blast circuit breakers

• Leak testing of hydraulic

equipment

• Shipboard air distribution

systems

www.parker.com 84
 Finite Media Types, Grades and Efficiencies

Coalescing elements:
Coalescing elements are specially designed for the removal of liquid contaminants from gaseous
flows. These media types flow from the inside of the element to the outside. Coalesced liquid
Water Particulate
Separator
(water and oil) collects in the bowl where it is drained, while clean air or gas exits the housing
through the outlet port. Particulate contaminants are captured and held in the media. element: elements:
Filters

TypeC TypeH TypeQ Type7CVP Type100WS Type 3P

Coalescing element com - Coalescing element similar Coalescing element with Coalescing element made of This all stainless steel Pleated cellulose particulate
CNG

posed of an epoxy saturated, to type “C,” however no rigid the same configuration as pleated glass media. Metal element has two metal removal element.Includes
borosilicate glass microfiber retainer is used. Typically “C” tube, but with “3P” type retained for added strength. retainers with rolled mesh molded elastomeric end
tube in intimate interlock- used in applications with pleated cellulose prefilter Includes metal end caps and screen in between. This seals (3PU). Some models
ing contact with a rigid low or constant flow rates. built-in. Includes molded fluorocarbon gaskets for cleanable element combines offer the option of metal
retainer. Surrounded by a elastomeric end seals (QU). end caps and fluorocarbon
proper sealing. Only liquid droplets and aerosols,
coarse fiber drain layer, Some models offer the gaskets.
For use with: available in grade 7. separating the liquids from
retained by a synthetic fabric option of metal end caps
• A5R/A1R (1000 PSIG) the gas stream in systems
safety layer. Some models and fluorocarbon gaskets.
Page 75 with high liquid loads.
are available with molded • SM-Series (1200 PSIG)
elastomeric end seals (CU), Pages 76-77 For use with: For use with: For use with: For use with:
or with metal end caps and • S5R/S1R (5000 PSIG)
High Pressure

• M-Series (800 PSIG)

& CNG Filters

• SN8S (500 PSIG) Page 71 • SN8S (500 PSIG) Page 71 • SN8S (500 PSIG) Page 71
fluorocarbon gaskets. Pages 83 Pages 72-74 • M-Series (800 PSIG) • M-Series (800 PSIG) • M-Series (800 PSIG)
• SM-Series (1200 PSIG) Pages 72-74 Pages 72-74 Pages 72-74
For use with:
Pages 76-77 • J-Series (5000 PSIG) • SM-Series (1200 PSIG)
• FFC-110 (500 PSIG) Page 70
• FFC-110L (500 PSIG) Page 70 Pages 80-82 Pages 76-77
• SN8S (500 PSIG) Page 71 • SJ-Series (6000 PSIG) • J-Series (5000 PSIG)
• M-Series (800 PSIG) Pages 72-74 Pages 86-87 Pages 80-82
• A5R/A1R (1000 PSIG) Page 75 • SJ-Series (6000 PSIG)
• SM-Series (1200 PSIG) Page 76-77 Pages 86-87
• FFC-112 (3600 PSIG) Page 78
• FFC-112 SAE (3600 PSIG) Page 78
• FFC-113 (3600 PSIG) Page 79
• J-Series (5000 PSIG) Pages 80-82
• S5R/S1R (5000 PSIG) Page 83
• FFC-116 (5000 PSIG) Page 85
• SJ-Series (6000 PSIG) Pages 86-87

Grade 4 Grade 6 Grade 7CVP Grade 8 Grade 10

Media
Grades: 500X 500X 500X 500X 500X

Grade 4 filter elements Grade 6 filter elements are Grade 7CVP filter elements Grade 8 filter elements Grade 10 filters are used
are very high efficiency used when “total removal are made with two layers. provide high efficiency as prefilters for grade 6
coalescers; for elevated of liquid aerosols and The inner layer (left) ef- filtration in combination to remove gross amounts
pressures or lighter weight suspended fines” is required. fectively traps dirt particles, with high flow rate and of aerosols or tenacious
gases. Recommended when Because of its overall protecting and extending long element life. aerosols which are difficult
system pressure exceeds performance characteristics, the life of the outer layer.The to drain. This grade is often
500 PSIG. this grade is most often coalescing outer layer(right) used as a ‘coarse’ coalescer.
consists of a dense matrix of
recommended below
glass fibers, providing highly
500 PSIG.
efficient aerosol removal.

85
 Adsorption elements:
Particulate filters such as G, F, T and 3P flow from the outside of the Adsorption elements are used to remove vapors (hydrocarbon or water)
element to the inside. Particles collect in the element, while the clean that are not removed by the coalescing filter. Hydrocarbon vapors collect in
air exits through the outlet port. the element, while clean air exits the housing through the outlet port. In this
element, the air or gas flows from the outside of the element to the inside.

Type G Type F Type T Type A Type 10JWM Type 10JWA

Particulate removal element Particulate removal element Particulate removal element Hydrocarbon vapor removal Vapor adsorbing filter Vapor adsorbing filter
constructed of the same like “G” tube, except fluo- like “G” tube, except high element. Ultrafine grained, element consisting of a element consisting of
fiber matrix as type “C”, but rocarbon saturant replaces temperature fluorocarbon highly concentrated, activated grade 10 microfiber tube, a grade 10 microfiber
with no rigid retainer or epoxy. saturant replaces epoxy. carbon sheet media. Includes strengthened by a perforated tube, strengthened by a
drain layer. molded elastomeric end seals metal retainer and then filled perforated metal retainer
(AU). Some models offer the with molecular sieve, which and then filled with
option of metal end caps and
works as a desiccant dryer, activated alumina, which
For use with: For use with: For use with: fluorocarbon gaskets.
making the air clean and works as a desiccant dryer,
• A5R/A1R (1000 PSIG) • A5R/A1R (1000 PSIG) • A5R/A1R (1000 PSIG) For use with: dry as it exits. This element making the air clean and
Page 75 Page 75 Page 75 • SN8S (500 PSIG) Page 71

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
should always be preceded by dry as it exits. This element
• SM-Series (1200 PSIG) • SM-Series (1200 PSIG) • SM-Series (1200 PSIG) • M-Series (800 PSIG) a coalescing filter. should always be preceded
Pages 76-77 Pages 76-77 Pages 76-77 Pages 72-74 by a coalescing filter.
• S5R/S1R (5000 PSIG) • S5R/S1R (5000 PSIG) • S5R/S1R (5000 PSIG) • SM-Series (1200 PSIG)
Page 83 Page 83 Page 83 Pages 76-77 For use with: For use with:
• S1IL (5000 PSIG) • S1IL (5000 PSIG) • S1IL (5000 PSIG) • J-Series (5000 PSIG) • J-Series (5000 PSIG) • J-Series (5000 PSIG)
Page 84 Page 84 Page 84 Pages 80-82 Pages 80-82 Pages 80-82
• SJ-Series (6000 PSIG)
Pages 86-87

Finite ®
media grades and specifications
Finitemedia grades determine the filtration efficiency. Capture efficiencies are available up to 99.999%.
Micron ratings range from 0.01 to 3 micron. The columns on the right note both the wet and dry pressure drops.

Media Coalescing Coalescing Particulate Pressure Drop (PSID)

Grade E ciency 0.3 Filters - C, H, Q, Filters - 3P, @ Rate Flow2
to 0.6 Micron 7CVP Maximum G, F, T Micron
Particles Oil Carryover 1 Rating Media Media Wet With
Grade 3P Grade A PPM w/w Dry 10-20 wt. oil

4 99.995% 0.003 0.01 1.25 3-4

6 99.97% 0.008 0.01 1.0 2-3
7CVP 99.5% 0.09 0.5 0.25 0.5-0.7
8 98.5% 0.2 0.5 0.5 1-1.5
125X 125X
10 95% 0.85 1.0 0.5 0.5

Three micron pleated A (Adsorption) filters 100WS N/A N/A 100 Nominal <0.25 0.25
cellulose filters are used for are used to remove 3P N/A N/A 3.0 0.25 N/A
particulate interception hydrocarbon vapor, most
where very high dirt hold - typically in preparation A 99%+3 N/A 3 Nominal 1.0 N/A
ing capacity and a relatively for breathing air. (Must
1
fine pore structure are be preceded by grade 6C Tested per ADF-400 at 40 ppm inlet.
2
required. coalescer.) Add dry + wet for total pressure drop.
3
Oil vapor removal efficiency is given for A media

www.parker.com 86
 500 PSIG Pressure Filters

FFC-110 F inite’s FFC-110 is often used onboard CNG (compressed

natural gas) powered vehicles to prevent contaminants in the
fuel tank from getting into the engine, protecting critical engine
Many CNG powered commuter mutter components, like fuel injectors. Its small size allows for versatile
High Pressure &

usees,
vehicles, such as shuttle buses, installation and easy servicing. Each housing is powder painted
CNG Filters

taxis or vans, rely on FFC-110 for long-term corrosion protection. These coalescers are ideal for
filters to protect contaminants in the operating environments up to 500 PSIG. Coalescing efficiencies of
fuel tank from entering the engine. 95% (grade 10) or 99.97% (grade 6) can be chosen to match the
filter to the application. Both the FFC-110 and FFC-110L have an
1/8" NPT drain port with a brass petcock manual drain.

Specifications:
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

Port Materials of Construction Dimensions

Model Max. Max. Sump
Size Seals Weight
Number Pressure Temp. Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
(NPT)
500 PSIG 175°F Chromated Stainless Chromated 5.1 oz. 1.5 lbs. 7.8” 3.1”
FFC-110 1/4” Buna-N
(34 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel Aluminum (150 ml) (0.68 kgs.) (198.1mm) (78.7mm)
500 PSIG 175°F Chromated Stainless Chromated 4.7 oz. 1.8 lbs. 10.2” 3.1”
FFC-110L 1/2” Buna-N
(34 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel Aluminum (140 ml) (0.82 kgs.) (259.1mm) (78.7mm)

Example:
Element
Flow Rates (SCFM): How to Order: Bowl FFC-110-6
Grade
Filter Media 100 250 500 F F C - 1 1 0 Leave - 6
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG blank for 10
Model standard
FFC-110 6 15 35 67
L (Long)
10 25 58 112
Mounting bracket available: BK-M
FFC-110L 6 30 69 135
10 50 115 224 Replacement Elements Available:
Filter Media Grade 6 Media Grade 10
Housing Model
FFC-110 CLS110-6 X 8 CLS110-10 X 8
FFC-110L CLS110-6L X 4 CLS110-10L X 4
Note: X 4 or X 8 in the part number signifies how many elements are sold in a Box.

87
 SN 8S F inite’s 500 PSIG SN8S filter is the best solution
for most critical or corrosive compressed air/gas
Bottling plants uses stainless steel system applications. Its 2" NPT stainless steel housing is a
components for their critical processes. In perfect fit for food processing, bottling plants and
applications where stainless steel is required, pharmaceutical manufacturing, where stainless steel
use the SN8S to remove contaminants from system components are required. Bulk liquid from gas
your compressed air or gas system. separation, oil coalescing, particulate removal and vapor
adsorber filter elements are available. The housing has a
plugged 1/4" NPT drain connection. The optional ADS-
50 (see page 89) stainless steel auto drain can be easily
connected with standard pipe fittings.

Specifications:

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Port Max. Temp. Materials of Construction Dimensions
Model Max. Sump
Size for each Seals Weight
Number Pressure Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
(NPT) Element Type
175°F (CU, 3PU,
AU) 316 316 316
500 PSIG Fluoro- 14.6 oz 32.0 lbs. 27.7” 6.3”
SN8S 2” 225°F (7CVP) Stainless Stainless Stainless
(34 bar) carbon (431.8 ml) (14.5 kgs.) (703.6mm) (160.0mm)
350°F (100WS) Steel Steel Steel
450°F (DS)

Flow Rates (SCFM): How to Order: How to Order Replacement Elements:

Filter Media 100 250 500 S N 8 S X 1 Element and housing sold separately.
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG Example: SN8S X 1 Elements available (one per Box):
Model
SN8S 4CU/4DS 340 785 1526 *CU24-187 X 1
*DS24-187 X 1
6CU/6DS 450 1038 2019
3PU24-187 X 1
8CU/8DS 600 1385 2692 AU24-187 X 1
10CU/10DS 750 1731 3366 7CVP24-187 X 1
3PU 750 1731 3366 100WS24-187 X 1

AU 450 1038 2019 * insert grade: 4, 6, 8, 10

7CVP 750 1731 3366 For more information on element selection,
100WS 750 1731 3366 please see pages 68-69.

For Example: 6CU24-187 X 1

www.parker.com 88
 800 PSIG Pressure Filters

F inite’s M-Series provides the needed filtration for a wide variety of

compressed air/gas applications. Varied porting and connection

M-Series styles, along with a robust design make this an extremely versatile filter.
It is a perfect fit for interstage filtration applications for multistage,
PET bottle blowing plants rely on high pressure gas compressors. The aluminum heads
the filtration protection and drawn aluminum bowls are compatible with
of the M-Series to meet
CNG Filters

special gases such as argon, hydrogen, compressed

stringent standards for natural gas and helium. This housing design minimizes
contact with food and the problem of porosity often present with housings
beverage containers. made by die casting.

Specifications:
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

Model Port Max. Max. Materials of Construction Sump Weight Dimensions

Number Size Pressure Temp. Head Internals Bowl Seals Capacity Length Width
NPT
MN1S 1/4” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 5.1 oz. 1.83 lbs. 7.89” 3.06”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (150 ml) (0.83 kgs.) (200 mm) (78 mm)
MN1L 1/4” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 4.7 oz. 2.19 lbs. 10.28” 3.06”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (140 ml) (0.99 kgs.) (261 mm) (78 mm)
MN15S 3/8” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 5.1 oz. 1.82 lbs. 7.89” 3.06”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (150 ml) (0.82 kgs.) (200 mm) (78 mm)
MN15L 3/8” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 4.7 oz. 2.17 lbs. 10.28” 3.06”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (140 ml) (0.98 kgs.) (261 mm) (78 mm)
MN2S 1/2” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 5.1 oz. 1.80 lbs. 7.89” 3.06”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (150 ml) (0.82 kgs.) (200 mm) (78 mm)
MN2L 1/2” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 4.7 oz. 2.15 lbs. 10.28” 3.06”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (140 ml) (0.98 kgs.) (261 mm) (78 mm)
MN3S 3/4” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 9.1 oz. 5.01 lbs. 10.83” 4.55”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (270 ml) (2.27 kgs.) (275 mm) (116 mm)
MN4S 1” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 9.1 oz. 4.90 lbs. 10.83” 4.55”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (270 ml) (2.22 kgs.) (275 mm) (116 mm)
MN4L 1” 800 PSIG 175°F Machined Stainless 9.1 oz. 5.54 lbs. 14.36” 4.55”
Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum Steel/Plastic (270 ml) (2.51 kgs.) (365 mm) (116 mm)
MN8S 2” 800 PSIG 175°F Sand Cast 14.9 oz. 10.37 lbs. 18.60” 5.91”
Aluminum Aluminum Buna-N
(55 bar) (79°C) Aluminum (440 ml) (4.71 kgs.) (472 mm) (150 mm)

89
How to Order:
Series Port Type Port Size Bowl - Element Element Type End Seal Accessories
Name Grade
M N (NPT) 1 (1/4”) S (Standard) 4 C (Coalescer) 1/4” - 1” port size: N (No Accessories)
T (BSPT) 15 (3/8”) 6 Leave blank for no end seal
F (BSPF) 2 (1/2”) L (Long) 8 or U (Urethane) G (Gauge)
3 (3/4”) Note: L is not 10 Standard on 2” port
4 (1”) available for 3/4” 2” port size:
8 (2”) and 2” port size V (Fluorocarbon)
housings 4 Q (Coalescer U (Urethane) Standard on
6 with built-in all sizes
8 prefilter)
10
Leave blank 100WS 1/4” - 1” port size:
U (Urethane)

Examples: MN2S-6QUG For 2” leave blank (stan

- This (G) option is a

High Pressure &

MN3L-3PUN dard fluorocarbon end
great way to monitor

CNG Filters
MN8S-6CVG seals)
MN8S-7CVPG pressure drop and
Leave blank 7CVP (only Leave blank (standard
available on 2” fluorocarbon end seals) determine when to
port) replace the filter
Leave blank 3P (Pleated 1/4” - 1” port size: element.
Cellulose) U (Urethane)
Particulate
element 2” port size:
V (Fluorocarbon)
Leave Blank A (Adsorber) 1/4” - 1” port size:

High Pressure
U (Urethane)

& CNG Filters

2” port size:
V (Fluorocarbon)

Mounting brackets available:

MB-2 (1/4" - 1/2" port size)
How to Order Replacement Elements: BK-3 (3/4" - 1" port size)
Housings are sold with one element. Build your own
replacement element with the chart below:
Housing Element Grade Element Size
1. Determine the housing you have by For M-Series Flow Rates...
choosing from the “Housing” column on
and Type
the chart. see next page!
M_1S *C,*CU,*QU, 3PU, 10-025
M_15S AU, 100WSU 2. Determine the element type and grade
M_2S you need. *Insert grades 4,6,8 or 10 for C,
M_1L *C,*CU,*QU, 3PU, 10-050 CU, CV or QU. See pages 68-69 for more
M_15L AU, 100WSU (for 100WSU detail on grade selection.
M_2L use 10-025)
M_3S *C,*CU,*QU, 3PU, 15-060 3. Determine the corresponding element
M_4S AU, 100WSU size by choosing from the “Element Size”
column on the chart.
M_4L *C,*CU,*QU, 3PU, 15-095
AU, 100WSU (for 100WSU 4. Combine “Element Grade and Type”
use 15-060) designation with “Element Size” to get
M_8S *CV,*QU, 3PV, AV, 25-130 element part number.
100WS, 7CVP
Ex: 3PU10-025 or 6CU10-025
Note: _insert port type. See How to Order
above for more information.
Element Box quantity depends on media
type selected.

www.parker.com 90
 M-Series (800 PSIG) Flow Rates (SCFM):
Filter Media 100 250 500 800 Filter Media 100 250 500 800
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG

M_1S 4C/4Q 11 25 49 78 M_2L 4C/4Q 38 88 171 270

6C/6Q 15 35 67 107 6C/6Q 50 115 224 355
7CVP NA NA NA NA 7CVP NA NA NA NA
8C/8Q 20 46 90 142 8C/8Q 68 157 305 483
10C/10Q 25 58 112 178 10C/10Q 83 192 372 590
3P 25 58 112 178 3P 83 192 372 590
100WS 50 115 224 355 100WS 83 192 372 590
A 15 35 67 107 A 50 115 224 355
M_1L 4C/4Q 23 53 103 163 M_3S 4C/4Q 61 141 274 434
6C/6Q 30 69 135 213 6C/6Q 80 185 359 569
7CVP NA NA NA NA 7CVP NA NA NA NA
8C/8Q 41 95 184 291 8C/8Q 109 252 489 775
10C/10Q 50 115 224 355 10C/10Q 133 307 597 946
3P 50 115 224 355 3P 133 307 597 946
100WS 50 115 224 355 100WS 133 307 597 946
A 30 69 135 213 A 80 184 359 569
M_15S 4C/4Q 15 35 67 107 M_4S 4C/4Q 76 175 341 541
6C/6Q 20 46 90 142 6C/6Q 100 231 449 711
7CVP NA NA NA NA 7CVP NA NA NA NA
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

8C/8Q 27 62 121 192 8C/8Q 136 314 610 967

10C/10Q 33 76 148 235 10C/10Q 166 383 745 1181
3P 33 76 148 235 3P 166 383 745 1181
100WS 66 152 296 469 100WS 232 535 1041 1650
A 20 46 90 142 A 100 231 449 711
M_15L 4C/4Q 30 69 135 213 M_4L 4C/4Q 106 245 476 754
6C/6Q 40 92 179 285 6C/6Q 140 323 628 995
7CVP NA NA NA NA 7CVP NA NA NA NA
8C/8Q 55 127 247 391 8C/8Q 191 441 857 1358
10C/10Q 66 152 296 469 10C/10Q 232 535 1041 1650
3P 66 152 296 469 3P 232 535 1041 1650
100WS 66 152 296 469 100WS 232 535 1041 1650
A 40 92 179 285 A 140 323 628 995
M_2S 4C/4Q 19 44 85 135 M_8S 4C/4Q 260 600 1167 1849
6C/6Q 25 57 112 178 6C/6Q 350 808 1571 2489
7CVP NA NA NA NA 7CVP 600 1385 2692 4267
8C/8Q 34 78 153 242 8C/8Q 465 1073 2087 3307
10C/10Q 42 97 189 299 10C/10Q 600 1385 2692 4267
3P 42 97 189 299 3P 600 1385 2692 4267
100WS 83 192 372 590 100WS 600 1385 2692 4267
A 25 58 112 178 A 350 808 1571 2489

Note: _insert port type. See How to Order on page 73 for more information.

91
 1000 PSIG Pressure Filters

T his lightweight, 1000 PSIG filter is constructed

of aluminum and offers your choice of high

A*R efficiency particulate and coalescing filter elements.

This product can be used for CNG or specialty gas
This robust but lightweight
applications. The A*R includes a drain port with a
aluminum housing is
plug. The connection size of the drain port matches
designed especially for
the inlet and outlet connection size, making it ideal
bypass gas sampling of
for bypass gas sampling.
specialty gases.

*specify part number A5R for 1/8 " NPT connections

or A1R for 1/4” NPT connections.

Specifications:
Port Materials of Construction Dimensions
Model Max. Max. Sump
Size Seals Weight

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Number Pressure Temp. Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
(NPT)
1000 225°F 316
A5R, 1/8”, Fluoro- 0.25 oz. 0.75 lbs. 4.0” 1.75”
PSIG All Media Aluminum Stainless Aluminum
A1R 1/4” carbon (7.4 ml) (0.34 kgs.) (101.6mm) (44.5mm)
(68 bar) Types Steel

Example:
Flow Rates (SCFM): How to Order: A1R-6C04-023

Filter Media 100 250 500 750 1000 Port

Media Media Element
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG Size
Grade Type Size
Model NPT
A5R/A1R 4 6.4 15 29 43 57 A 5 (1/8”) R - 4 G 04-023
6 8.4 19 38 56 75 6 T
1 (1/4”) 8 F
8 9.2 21 41 61 81 10 H
10 10 23 45 67 88 C
Mounting bracket available: MBS-1

How to Order Replacement Elements:

Elements available: _ insert grade: 4, 6, 8, 10
_G04-023 X 10 For more information on
_T04-023 X 10 element selection, please see
_F04-023 X 10 pages 68-69. Elements are
_H04-023 X 10 sold in Box quantities of 10.
C04 023 X 10

www.parker.com 92
 1200 PSIG Pressure Filters

SM-Series Critical gas processing applications at

elevated pressures rely on the SM-Series

F inite’s stainless steel SM-Series housings are

perfect for higher-pressure applications in
corrosive working environments. Coalescing,
to provide clean, contaminant-free gas
in corrosive environments.

particulate and adsorption filters are available.

A threaded collar enables the user to easily remove
the bowl for servicing, without having to remove
the drain fitting and connections. The SM-Series
has an SAE-4 drain port with plug.
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

Specifications:

Max. Materials of Construction Dimensions

Port
Model Max. Temp. for Sump
Size Seals Weight
Number Pressure each Element Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
(NPT)
Type
450°F (T)
350°F (H, G) 316 316 316
SMN1S, 1/4”, 1200 PSIG Fluoro- 1.8 oz. 3.6 lbs. 5.2” 3.0”
275°F (F) Stainless Stainless Stainless
SMN2S 1/2” (83 bar) carbon (53.23 ml) (1.6 kgs.) (132 mm) (76 mm)
175°F (C, CU, Steel Steel Steel
QU, 3PU, AU)
450°F (T)
350°F (H, G) 316 316 316
SMN1M, 1/4”, 1200 PSIG Fluoro- 1.8 oz. 4.7 lbs. 7.7” 3.0”
275°F (F) Stainless Stainless Stainless
SMN2M 1/2” (83 bar) carbon (53.23 ml) (2.1 kgs.) (196 mm) (76 mm)
175°F (C, CU, Steel Steel Steel
QU, 3PU, AU)
450°F (T)
350°F (H, G) 316 316 316
SMN1L, 1/4”, 1200 PSIG Fluoro- 1.8 oz. 5.7 lbs. 9.7” 3.0”
275°F (F) Stainless Stainless Stainless
SMN2L 1/2” (83 bar) carbon (53.23 ml) (2.6 kgs.) (246 mm) (76 mm)
175°F (C, CU, Steel Steel Steel
QU, 3PU, AU)

93
Flow Rates (SCFM):
Filter Media 100 250 500 750 1000 1200 Filter Media 100 250 500 750 1000 1200
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG
Model Model
SMN1S 4 10 23 45 67 88 106 SMN2S 4 16 37 72 107 142 169
6 13 30 58 87 115 138 6 22 51 99 147 195 233
8 17 39 76 113 150 181 8 29 67 130 193 257 307
10 22 51 99 147 195 233 10 37 85 166 247 327 392
3PU 22 51 99 147 195 243 3PU 37 85 166 247 327 392
AU 13 30 58 87 115 138 AU 22 51 99 147 195 233
SMN1M 4 20 46 90 133 177 212 SMN2M 4 32 74 144 213 283 339
6 26 60 117 173 230 275 6 43 99 193 287 380 456
8 34 78 153 227 301 360 8 58 134 260 387 513 615
10 44 102 197 293 389 466 10 74 171 332 493 655 784
3PU 44 102 197 293 389 466 3PU 74 171 332 493 655 784
AU 26 60 117 173 230 275 AU 43 99 193 287 380 456
SMN1L 4 28 65 126 187 248 296 SMN2L 4 45 104 202 300 398 477
6 36 83 162 240 318 382 6 60 138 269 400 531 635
8 47 108 211 313 416 498 8 81 187 363 540 717 858
10 62 143 278 413 548 657 10 104 240 467 693 920 1102
3PU 62 143 278 413 548 657 3PU 104 240 467 693 920 1102
AU 36 83 162 240 318 382 AU 60 138 269 400 531 635

Ordering Information:

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Series Port Type Port Size Bowl - Element Element End Seal Accessories
Name Grade Type
SM N (NPT) 1 (1/4”) S (Short) 4 C (Coalescer) Leave blank N (No Accessories)
2 (1/2”) M (Medium) 6 Q (Coalescer for no end seal
L (Long) 8 with built-in (Available on
10 prefilter) type G,T,F,H,C)
G
T U (Urethane
Examples: SMN2S-8GN F end seals, avail
-
SMN1L-6CUN H able on types
SMN2M-3PUN Leave blank 3P (Pleated C,Q,3P,A)
SMN1M-AUN Cellulose)
Particulate
Element
Leave Blank A (Adsorber)
Mounting bracket available: MBS-2
How to Order Replacement Elements: Housings are sold with one element. Build your own replacement
element using the steps below. Refer to the chart on the left.
Housing Element Grade Element Size
and Type 1. Determine the housing you have.
SMN1S, *C, *CU, *QU, *H, 10-025
2. Determine the element type and grade you need. *Insert grades 4,6,8 or 10.
SMN2S *F, *G, *T, 3PU, AU
See pages 68-69 for more detail on grade selection.
SMN1M, *C, *CU, *QU, *H, 10-050
SMN2M *F, *G, *T, 3PU, AU 3. Determine the corresponding element size.
SMN1L, *C, *CU, *QU, *H, 10-070
4. Combine “Element grade and Type” designation with “Element Size” to get part number.
SMN2L *F, *G, *T, 3PU, AU
For Example: 6QU10-050. Box quantity depends on media type selected.

www.parker.com 94
 3600 PSIG Pressure Filters

FFC-112
CNG powered vehicles such as
C NG powered engine components such as fuel injectors and pressure
reducing valves require contaminant free air. Submicronic solid or
lubricant aerosols may carry over during CNG compression. Contaminants
airport shuttles and taxis use can also be generated in the storage and distribution of the natural gas,
FFC-112 filters, which are and may eventually enter the vehicle’s storage tank. Both 1/4" NPT and
installed on these vehicles. 9/16" S A E con nec t ion s a re av a i la ble on t h is 3 6 0 0 P S IG rated a ssem bly.
They protect critical engine The machined aluminum housing is anodized to enhance durability. It’s
F

components from contaminants robust yet small, lightweight size allows for versatile installation and
present in CNG fuel. easy servicing.

Specifications:

Model Port Max. Max. Materials of Construction Sump Dimensions

High Pressure
& CNG Filters

Seals Weight
Number Size Pressure Temp. Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
1/4” 3600 PSIG 225°F Anodized Acetal Anodized 0.5 oz. 1.5 lbs. 4.75” 2.25”
FFC-112 Buna-N
NPT (248 bar) (107°C) Aluminum Plastic Aluminum (14.8 ml) (0.68 kgs.) (120.65mm) (57.15mm)
9/16” 3600 PSIG 225°F Anodized Acetal Anodized 0.5 oz. 1.5 lbs. 4.75” 2.25”
FFC-112 SAE Buna-N
SAE (248 bar) (107°C) Aluminum Plastic Aluminum (14.8 ml) (0.68 kgs.) (120.65mm) (57.15mm)

Flow Rates (SCFM):

Filter Housing Model Media 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3600
Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG
FFC-112/FFC-112 SAE 6 10 23 45 67 88 132 176 219 263 315
10 15 35 67 100 133 198 263 329 394 473

Element Replacement Elements Available:

How to Order: Port
Grade
Filter Media Grade 6 Media Grade 10
F F C - 1 1 2 Leave - 6
Housing Model
blank 10
for FFC-112/FFC-112 SAE CLS112-6 X 10 CLS112-10 X 10
NPT Note: X 10 in the part number denotes how many elements are sold in a Box.
Examples: FFC-112-6
SAE Mounting bracket available: MB-2S
or FFC-112 SAE-10

95
FFC-113 T he FFC-113 is a popular filter choice onboard alternative
fuel vehicles. Tiny solid and liquid contaminants can foul
critical engine components, diminishing engine performance.
These contaminants are typically generated during the
Many large CNG powered vehicles, compression, storage, and dispensing of alternative fuel gases
such as buses used in city transit like CNG. The FFC-113 removes sub-micronic contaminants
systems rely on FFC-113 filters, with removal efficiencies from 95% to 99.97% ensuring long
which are installed onboard service intervals for components like fuel injectors.
the vehicle itself. They protect
critical engine components Its robust 303 stainless steel construction and 3600 PSIG
from contaminants present in design pressure and relatively light weight combine to provide
alternative fuel gas systems. a unit that will withstand the harsh operating environments
found on heavy duty vehicles like buses and trucks. It is
supplied with 1/2" NPT connections and is designed for flows
exceeding 1550 SCFM at 3600 PSIG.

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Specifications:
Port Materials of Construction Dimensions
Model Max. Max. Sump
Size Seals Weight
Number Pressure Temp. Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
(NPT)
303 303 303
3600 PSIG 175°F Fluoro- 5.0 oz. 5.5 lbs. 8.06” 2.97”
FFC-113 1/2” Stainless Stainless Stainless
(248 bar) (79°C) carbon (147.9 ml) (2.5 kgs.) (204.7mm) (75.44mm)
Steel Steel Steel

Flow Rates (SCFM):

Filter Housing Model Media 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3600
Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG
FFC-113 6 25 58 112 167 221 330 439 548 657 788
10 50 115 224 333 442 660 878 1096 1314 1576

Element Replacement Elements Available:

How to Order:
Grade
Filter Media Grade 6 Media Grade 10
F F C - 1 1 3 - 6
Housing Model
10
FFC-113 DLS113-6 X 6 DLS113-10 X 6

Example: FFC-113-6 Note: X 6 in the part number denotes how many elements are sold in a Box.

www.parker.com 96
 5000 PSIG Pressure Filters

J-Series F inite’s J-Series is designed to filter contaminants such as rust and

pipe scale, compressor lube oil, and water from compressed gases.
These filters are often used in high pressure compressed natural gas
J-Series filters are used in a number of (CNG) systems, not only as inter-stage filters in the multiple stage
compression of the gas, but also in the storage and delivery of the
applications, ranging from breathing air gas to CNG powered vehicles.
for scuba divers, to high-pressure hydraulic
circuit testing, to a variety of uses in the Finite’s varied media choices remove up to 99.995% of both solid
CNG Filters

and liquid aerosols, and contaminants as small as 0.2 microns in

alternative fuel
size. Additionally, cartridges are available with either silica gel or
industry. molecular sieve, these desiccants adsorb water vapor, drying the
high pressure air or gas. An activated carbon media is also available
which removes oil vapor. This stage of filtration is often used as
the final filter before the storage of high pressure breathing air
used by scuba divers, firefighters, and others that utilize portable
breathing devices.

The filter housings and the replaceable elements used in this product
line have an extremely robust construction, specially designed for
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

use in system pressures up to 5000 psig. Four housing sizes and two
thread styles (NPT or SAE) are available with connections ranging
from ½" to 1 ½"; temperatures up to 350°F, and flows up to 20,000
SCFM at 5000 PSIG.

Specifications:

Max. Temp. Materials of Construction Dimensions

Model Port Max. Sump
for each Seals Weight
Number Size Pressure Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
Element Type
350°F (C, 3P, Ductile
5000 PSIG Carbon Fluoro- 2.0 oz. 9.2 lbs. 8.1” 3.7”
J2SD SAE-8* 100WS) Cast Aluminum
(345 bar) Steel carbon (60 ml) (4.2 kgs.) (205.7 mm) (94.0mm)
175°F (A) Iron
350°F (C, 3P, Ductile
5000 PSIG Carbon Fluoro- 7.4 oz. 13.1 lbs. 12.0” 3.7”
J2SL SAE-8* 100WS) Cast Aluminum
(345 bar) Steel carbon (220 ml) (5.9 kgs.) (304.8mm) (94.0mm)
175°F (A) Iron
350°F (C, 3P,
Nodular Nodular
J4SF/ SAE-16/ 5000 PSIG 100WS) Fluoro- 7.1 oz. 22.1 lbs. 13.5” 4.6”
Cast Aluminum Cast
J4NF 1” NPT (345 bar) 175°F (A) carbon (210 ml) (10.0 kgs.) (342.9mm) (116.8mm)
Iron Iron
130°F (10J)
350°F (C, 3P,
SAE-24/ Nodular
J6SH/ 5000 PSIG 100WS) Carbon Fluoro- 21.5 oz. 52.3 lbs. 21.1” 6.5”
1 ½” Cast Aluminum
J6NH (345 bar) 175°F (A) Steel carbon (636 ml) (23.7 kgs.) (535.9mm) (165.1mm)
NPT Iron
130°F (10J)

97
How to Order:
Ho Order
Series Port Size Port Type Bowl - Element Element Element Size
Name Grade Construction
J 2 (1/2”) S (SAE-8) D (Standard) 4C WC (metal retainers, bonded 11-035 (J2)
Note: 1/2” NPT
L (Extra Sump)
adapter bushings 10C on end caps with positive
included. 3P o-ring seal) 15-070 (J4)
A
Leave blank 100WS 23-130 (J6)

4 (1”) N (NPT) F (Standard) 10J WM (desiccant dryer with

S (SAE-16) (Available molecular sieve)
on 1” and
6 (1 1/2”) N (NPT) H (Standard) 1 ½” port WA (desiccant dryer with Examples: J2SL-10CWC11-035
S (SAE-24) only) activated aluminum) J4NF-4CWC15-070
J6SH-3PWC23-130

How to Order Replacement Elements: Housings are sold with one element. Build your own
replacement element with the chart below.

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
1. Determine the housing you have by choosing from the
“Housing” column on the chart.
Housing Element Grade and Type Element X Box
Size Quantity
2. Determine the “Element Grade and Type” you need. J2SD, J2SL 4CWC, 10CWC, 3PWC, AWC, 11-035 4
See pages 68-69 for more detail on grade selection. 100WS
J4NF, J4SF 4CWC, 10CWC, 3PWC, AWC, 15-070 2
3. Determine the corresponding element size by choosing 100WS, 10JWM, 10JWA
from the “Element Size” column on the chart.
J6NH, J6SH 4CWC, 10CWC, 3PWC, AWC, 23-130 1
100WS, 10JWM, 10JWA
4. Combine “Element Grade and Type” , “Element Size”
and “Box Quantity” get part number.

Example: 4CWC15-070 X 2 or 3PWC23-130 X 1

Use a high For J-Series Flow Rates ...

pressure drain kit see next page!
with Finite's J-Series...
see page 88!

www.parker.com 98
 J-Series (5000 PSIG) Flow Rates (SCFM):
Filter Housing Media 100 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Model Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG
J2SD/J2SL 4C 30 265 400 527 658 800 919 1050 1200 1333
10C 60 531 800 1054 1315 1600 1839 2100 2400 2667
3P 60 531 800 1054 1315 1600 1839 2100 2400 2667
A 30 265 400 527 658 800 919 1050 1200 1333
100WS 60 531 800 1054 1315 1600 1839 2100 2400 2667
J4SF/J4NF 4C 75 663 1000 1317 1644 2000 2298 2625 3000 3333
10C 150 1327 2000 2635 3289 4000 4596 5250 6000 6667
3P 150 1327 2000 2635 3289 4000 4596 5250 6000 6667
A 75 663 1000 1317 1644 2000 2298 2625 3000 3333
100WS 150 1327 2000 2635 3289 4000 4596 5250 6000 6667
10JWM 150 1327 2000 2635 3289 4000 4596 5250 6000 6667
10JWA 150 1327 2000 2635 3289 4000 4596 5250 6000 6667
J6SH/J6NH 4C 225 1990 3000 3952 4933 6000 6895 7875 9000 10000
10C 450 3981 6000 7904 9866 12000 13789 15751 18000 20000
3P 450 3981 6000 7904 9866 12000 13789 15751 18000 20000
A 225 1990 3000 3952 4933 6000 6895 7875 9000 10000
100WS 450 3981 6000 7904 9866 6000 13789 15751 6000 6667
10JWM 450 3981 6000 7904 9866 6000 13789 15751 6000 6667
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

10JWA 450 3981 6000 7904 9866 6000 13789 15751 6000 6667

Scuba divers rely on

clean, dry air to fill
their air tanks.
Finite filters
ensure that any
impurities, such
as oil, water or
particulate are
removed before
entering the tanks.

99
FFC-116
Many CNG powered commuter vehicles, such as
shuttle buses, taxis or vans, rely on FFC-116 filters to
T his stainless steel filter is commonly used to filter
oil, water and particulate from lower flow CNG
systems and onboard CNG vehicles. Its small size allows
protect contaminants from fouling fuel for installation versatility and ease of servicing. The 316
injector systems. Both solid and liquid stainless steel construction resists corrosion. Its 5000 PSIG
contaminants can enter the system design enables it to be used on the high pressure side of a
from various sources. CNG system, protecting both the regulator and the fuel
injectors. The sump capacity is 0.25 oz. (7.4 cc) for fluid
contaminants, which can be drained through a plugged
1/4" NPT drain port.

Specifications:

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Port Materials of Construction Dimensions
Model Max. Max. Sump
Size Seals Weight
Number Pressure Temp. Head Internals Bowl Capacity Length Width
(NPT)
316 316 316
5000 PSIG 350°F Fluoro- 0.25 oz. 1.16 lbs. 4.0” 1.75”
FFC-116 1/4” Stainless Stainless Stainless
(345 bar) (177°C) carbon (7.4 ml) (0.53 kgs.) (101.6mm) (44.5mm)
Steel Steel Steel

Flow Rates (SCFM):

Filter Media 100 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG
Model
FFC-116 6 8.4 74 111 148 184 221 257 294 331 368
10 10 90 132 176 219 263 306 350 394 438

How to Order: Element Replacement Elements Available:

Grade
Filter Media Grade 6 Media Grade 10
F F C - 1 1 6 - 6
Housing Model
10
FFC-116 CLS116-6 X 10 CLS116-10 X 10
Note: X 10 in the part number denotes how many elements are sold in a box.
Example: FFC-116-6

Mounting bracket available: MBS-1

www.parker.com 100
 6000 PSIG Pressure Filters

SJ-Series T his robust, stainless steel filter is rated for working pressures up to 6000 PSIG,
which makes this the filter of choice for extremely demanding applications. The
SJ-series comes in a variety of port sizes and types, reducing the need for extra piping
or the use of adapters in your application. The"¼ drain port allows the user to drain
all oil from the assembly prior to servicing, eliminating possible cross contamination
and leaving a cleaner environment. Use this filter for your offshore applications, water
fogging, caustic washdowns (food processing) or on high pressure test stands. A wide
variety of filter element media grades and styles means that your application needs
will be efficiently met.

Specifications:
Port Materials of Construction Dimensions Replace -
Size Max. Temp.
Model Max. Sump ment
(NPT for each Seals Weight
Number Pressure Head Internals Bowl Capacity Element
or Element Type Length Width
Size
SAE)
6000 175°F (Grade A) 316L 316L 316L
SJN*S, Fluoro- 2.1 oz. 14 lbs. 8.26” 4.00”
1/2”-1” PSIG 350°F Stainless Stainless Stainless 11-036
SJS*S carbon (61 ml) (6.4 kgs.) (210mm) (102mm)
(414 bar) (All other grades) Steel Steel Steel
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

6000 175°F (Grade A) 316L 316L 316L

SJN*L, Fluoro- 7.8 oz. 18 lbs. 11.97” 4.00”
1/2”-1” PSIG 350°F Stainless Stainless Stainless 11-036
SJS*L carbon (230 ml) (8.2 kgs.) (304mm) (102mm)
(414 bar) (All other grades) Steel Steel Steel
6000 175°F (Grade A) 316L 316L 316L
SJN*H, Fluoro- 2.1 oz. 17 lbs. 11.97” 4.00”
1/2”-1” PSIG 350°F Stainless Stainless Stainless 11-072
SJS*H carbon (61 ml) (7.7 kgs.) (304mm) (102mm)
(414 bar) (All other grades) Steel Steel Steel
*insert port size: 2 =1/2", 3=3/4” and 4=1”

How to Order:
Series Port Port Size Bowl Element Element Accessories
Name Type Grade Construction
SJ N (NPT) 2 (1/2”) S (Standard) - 4C WC (metal retainers, N (No Accessories)
S (SAE) 3 (3/4”) 10C bonded on end caps with
4 (1”) L (Long bowl, short 3P positive o-ring seal.)
element, extra sump) A Examples: SJN2S-4CWCN
100WS Leave blank SJS3L-3PWCN
H (High Flow: Long
bowl, long element)

1. Determine the housing you have by choosing from the “Housing

How to Order Replacement Elements: column on the chart. *Insert port size. See How to Order above for mor
Housings are sold with one element. Build your own replacement element with the chart below. info on port sizes.
2. Determine the “Element Grade and Type” you need. See pages
Housing Element Grade and Type Element Size 68-69 for more detail on grade selection.
3. Determine the corresponding element size by
SJN*S, SJS*S, SJN*L, SJS*L 4CWC, 10CWC, 3PWC, AWC, 100WS 11-036 choosing from the “Element Size” column on the chart.
SJN*H, SJS*H 4CWC, 10CWC, 3PWC, AWC, 100WS 11-072 4. Combine “Element Grade and Type” , “Element Size” and then ad
Box quantity to the end. Box quantities are all X 4, except 100WS
which is X 1. Example: 4CWC11-036 X 4 or 100WS11-072 X 1.

101
 Use a high pressure drain kit with
Finite's SJ-Series... see page 104!

Flow Rates (SCFM):

Filter Media 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4500 5000 5500 6000
Housing Grade PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG
Model
SJN_S 4C 25 58 112 167 221 330 439 548 657 766 984 1093 1202 1311
10C 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
3P 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
A 33 76 148 220 292 436 580 723 867 1011 1299 1443 1587 1731
100 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
SJS_S 4C 25 58 112 167 221 330 439 548 657 766 984 1093 1202 1311
10C 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
3P 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
A 33 76 148 220 292 436 580 723 867 1011 1299 1443 1587 1731
100 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
SJN_L 4C 25 58 112 167 221 330 439 548 657 766 984 1093 1202 1311
10C 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
3P 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
A 33 76 148 220 292 436 580 723 867 1011 1299 1443 1587 1731
100 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
SJS_L 4C 25 58 112 167 221 330 439 548 657 766 984 1093 1202 1311
10C 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
3P 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
A 33 76 148 220 292 436 580 723 867 1011 1299 1443 1587 1731
100 55 127 247 367 487 726 966 1206 1446 1685 2165 2405 2644 2884
SJN_H 4C 62 143 278 413 548 819 1089 1359 1630 1900 2440 2711 2981 3252
10C 136 314 610 907 1203 1796 2389 2982 3575 4167 5353 5946 6539 7133
3P 136 314 610 907 1203 1796 2389 2982 3575 4167 5353 5946 6539 7133
A 82 189 368 547 725 1083 1440 1798 2155 2513 3228 3585 3943 4301
100 136 314 610 907 1203 1796 2389 2982 3575 4167 5353 5946 6539 7133
SJS_H 4C 62 143 278 413 548 819 1089 1359 1630 1900 2440 2711 2981 3252
10C 136 314 610 907 1203 1796 2389 2982 3575 4167 5353 5946 6539 7133
3P 136 314 610 907 1203 1796 2389 2982 3575 4167 5353 5946 6539 7133
A 82 189 368 547 725 1083 1440 1798 2155 2513 3228 3585 3943 4301
100 136 314 610 907 1203 1796 2389 2982 3575 4167 5353 5946 6539 7133

www.parker.com 102
 Accessories

High Pressure Drain Kits

Product Overview Operation

H
igh pressure compressed gas systems oftentimes contain Finite’s new High Pressure Drains allow the user to safely remove
Excessive amounts of liquid aerosols. This liquid can best be condensate from a high pressure compressed gas system. Proper
removed by utilizing Finite’s J-Series or SJ-Series coalescing operation of the drain involves keeping the first needle valve open and
filters. A Grade 10 filter followed by a Grade 4 filter will remove the second needle valve closed. The liquid that is coalesced from the
greater than 99.995% of the liquid water and/or oil carryover from the filter will empty into the drain’s high pressure reservoir and fill the
compressed gas system. This liquid can now be safely removed with internal volume with liquid.
Finite’s NEW High Pressure Drains (JDK and SJDK Series)! These
CNG F ilters

drains are fully-assembled and are constructed of 316 Stainless Steel. When it is time to expel the liquid from the drain kit (usually on a
They include two needle valves, fittings, and a pipe reservoir. preventative maintenance schedule), the top needle valve should be
closed to shut off system pressure. The bottom needle valve should th
The JDK Series is rated for 5000 PSIG and connects directly to the be opened SLOWLY since the liquid will discharge rapidly from the
bottom of the J-Series filter housings. The SJDK Series is rated for 6000 drain. This procedure should be repeated until all of the liquid has bee
PSIG and connects directly to the bottom of the SJ-Series housing. removed from the filter bowl and drain reservoir.
These High Pressure Drains are offered in both vertical and horizontal
orientations. The vertical orientation is ideal for applications in All liquid should be collected and disposed of in accordance with local
which there is adequate bowl removal clearance, while the horizontal regulations.
High Pressure
& CNG Filters

orientation is ideal for applications with limited bowl removal clearance.

JDK5000V/
SJDK6000V

A direct connection
Finite’s drain kits can be used in many high pressure
air or gas system. They can also be used to hook up JDK5000H/
directly to Finite’s J-Series (pages 98-100) or Finite’s
SJ-Series (pages 102-103).
SJDK6000H

Part Description Inlet Outlet Max Max

Number Pressure Temp.
JDK5000V Vertical SAE-6 1/4” NPT 5000 PSIG 100°F
J-Series Drain (345 bar) (38°C)
JDK5000H Horizontal SAE-6 1/4” NPT 5000 PSIG 100°F
J-Series Drain (345 bar) (38°C)
SJDK6000V Vertical SAE-4* 1/4” NPT 6000 PSIG 100°F
SJ-Series Drain (414 bar) (38°C)
Finite’s J-Series Finite’s SJ-Series SJDK6000H Horizontal SAE-4* 1/4” NPT 6000 PSIG 100°F
SJ-Series Drain (414 bar) (38°C)
*The SAE-4 fitting can be removed to adapt to 1/4" NPT.

103
ADS-50 TD-50
304 Stainless Steel Adjustable Timed Drain Valve
Automatic Drain Trap

Specifications: Specifications:
Max Temperature: 450°F (232°C) Max Temperature: 150°F (66°C)
Max Pressure: 250 PSIG (17 bar) Max Pressure: 600 PSIG (42 bar)
Connections: 1/2” NPT inlet and outlet Connections: 1/2” NPT inlet and outlet

TV-25-700 DPI-25
Timed Drain Valve Differential Pressure Gauge

High Pressure
& CNG Filters
Specifications: Specifications:
Max. Temperature: 210°F (99°C) Max. Temperature: 200°F (88°C)
Max. Pressure: 700 PSIG (48 bar) Max. Pressure: 5000 PSIG (340 bar)
Connections: 1/4” NPT Connections: 1/4” NPT

Other options available:

• BDPI-25 (DPI-25 with mounting brackets)
DPG-15HP • DPS-25 (DPI-25 with SPST reed switch included)
Differential Pressure • BDPS-25 (DPS-25 with mounting brackets)

Gauge

Specifications:
Max. Temperature: 200°F (93°C)
Max. Pressure: 800 PSIG (55 bar)
Connections: Holes on M-Series housing
must be predrilled

www.parker.com 104
Notes

105
 Price List Notes

1. Prices shown are ex-works Melbourne and are subject to change without notice.
Express deliveries can be arranged if required. Please contact Parker domnick hunter
for further details. Prices are in AUD and do not include GST.

2. All carbon steel fabricated pressure vessels are designed and manufactured in
accordance with the European Pressure Vessel Standard (CEN) EN286 part 1 (1991),
with ND16 BS4504 16/3 flanges, or to AS1210 or Table E standards.

3. Other flange options are available at extra cost; please specify:-

ANSI CLS 150 RFSO
DIN 2633 RFWN
ANSI CLS 150 RFWN

4. Hydraulic pressure Test Certificates can be supplied on request, for fabricated vessels.

5. Non destructive testing of vessels will be charged at extra cost.

6. Vessel design calculations, if requested, will be charged at extra cost.

7. Material test certificates, special inspections and hydraulic pressure test certificates
for die-cast vessels can be supplied if requested at the time of placing orders and will
be charged at extra cost.

8. Product lead times are given for general information and guidance only. Many factors
can influence lead times which will be quoted specifically upon request. No warranty
is given or implied.

9. Parker Hannifin Conditions of Sale apply to all business transactions and will be strictly
in accordance with details printed on our order acceptance and invoice.

10. Parker Hannifin limited has an on-going policy of product development and although
the Company reserves the right to change specifications it attempts to keep
customers informed of any alterations. This publication is for information only and
customers are requested to ask our Sales Department for advice on a
product’s suitability for specific applications.

www.parker.com 106
National Filtration Customer Service & Order Entry

Sydney
9 Carrington Road
CASTLE HILL NSW 2154
Ph 02 9842 5110
Fax 02 9842 5111

Parker Regional Sales Offices

Adelaide
Cnr Roseberg & Lafitte Rds
WINGFIELD SA 5013
Ph 08 8168 4300
Fax 08 8168 4399

Brisbane
4/68 Murdoch Circuit
ACACIA RIDGE QLD 4110
Ph 07 3272 8244
Fax 07 3272 6699

Mackay
45-47 John Vella Drive
PAGET QLD 4740
Ph 07 4952 4890
Fax 07 4952 4895

Melbourne
305 Frankston Road
DANDENONG VIC 3175
Ph 03 9768 5555
Fax 03 9768 5556

Newcastle
Unit 5/6, Lot 3 Kullara Avenue
BERESFIELD NSW 2322
Ph 02 4964 2198
Fax 02 4964 2280

Perth
10 Hodgson Way
KEWDALE WA 6105
Ph 08 9353 4011
Fax 08 9353 4088

Townsville
7 Bain Street
CURRAJONG QLD 4812
Ph 07 4725 5187
Fax 07 4725 5513

New Zealand
2 Timaru Place
MT WELLINGTON, AUCKLAND
Ph +64 9574 1744
Fax +64 9573 1529

www.parker.com